Protocol sockets (struct sock) don't have UIDs, but most of the
time, they map 1:1 to userspace sockets (struct socket) which do.
Various operations such as the iptables xt_owner match need
access to the "UID of a socket", and do so by following the
backpointer to the struct socket. This involves taking
sk_callback_lock and doesn't work when there is no socket
because userspace has already called close().
Simplify this by adding a sk_uid field to struct sock whose value
matches the UID of the corresponding struct socket. The semantics
are as follows:
1. Whenever sk_socket is non-null: sk_uid is the same as the UID
in sk_socket, i.e., matches the return value of sock_i_uid.
Specifically, the UID is set when userspace calls socket(),
fchown(), or accept().
2. When sk_socket is NULL, sk_uid is defined as follows:
- For a socket that no longer has a sk_socket because
userspace has called close(): the previous UID.
- For a cloned socket (e.g., an incoming connection that is
established but on which userspace has not yet called
accept): the UID of the socket it was cloned from.
- For a socket that has never had an sk_socket: UID 0 inside
the user namespace corresponding to the network namespace
the socket belongs to.
Kernel sockets created by sock_create_kern are a special case
of #1 and sk_uid is the user that created them. For kernel
sockets created at network namespace creation time, such as the
per-processor ICMP and TCP sockets, this is the user that created
the network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some configurations (e.g. geneve interface with default
MTU of 1500 over an ethernet interface with 1500 MTU) result
in the transmission of packets that exceed the configured MTU.
While this should be considered to be a "bad" configuration,
it is still allowed and should not result in the sending
of packets that exceed the configured MTU.
Fix by dropping the assumption in ip_finish_output_gso() that
locally originated gso packets will never need fragmentation.
Basic testing using iperf (observing CPU usage and bandwidth)
have shown no measurable performance impact for traffic not
requiring fragmentation.
Fixes: c7ba65d7b6 ("net: ip: push gso skb forwarding handling down the stack")
Reported-by: Jan Tluka <jtluka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lance Richardson <lrichard@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IP stack records the largest fragment of a reassembled packet
in IPCB(skb)->frag_max_size. When reading a datagram or raw packet
that arrived fragmented, expose the value to allow applications to
estimate receive path MTU.
Tested:
Sent data over a veth pair of which the source has a small mtu.
Sent data using netcat, received using a dedicated process.
Verified that the cmsg IP_RECVFRAGSIZE is returned only when
data arrives fragmented, and in that cases matches the veth mtu.
ip link add veth0 type veth peer name veth1
ip netns add from
ip netns add to
ip link set dev veth1 netns to
ip netns exec to ip addr add dev veth1 192.168.10.1/24
ip netns exec to ip link set dev veth1 up
ip link set dev veth0 netns from
ip netns exec from ip addr add dev veth0 192.168.10.2/24
ip netns exec from ip link set dev veth0 up
ip netns exec from ip link set dev veth0 mtu 1300
ip netns exec from ethtool -K veth0 ufo off
dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=1400 2>/dev/null > payload
ip netns exec to ./recv_cmsg_recvfragsize -4 -u -p 6000 &
ip netns exec from nc -q 1 -u 192.168.10.1 6000 < payload
using github.com/wdebruij/kerneltools/blob/master/tests/recvfragsize.c
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This field is only useful for nf_queue, so store it in the
nf_queue_entry structure instead, away from the core path. Pass
hook_head to nf_hook_slow().
Since we always have a valid entry on the first iteration in
nf_iterate(), we can use 'do { ... } while (entry)' loop instead.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Don't copy relevant fields from hook state structure, instead use the
one that is already available in struct xt_action_param.
This patch also adds a set of new wrapper functions to fetch relevant
hook state structure fields.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Place pointer to hook state in xt_action_param structure instead of
copying the fields that we need. After this change xt_action_param fits
into one cacheline.
This patch also adds a set of new wrapper functions to fetch relevant
hook state structure fields.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
skb->cb may contain data from previous layers. In the observed scenario,
the garbage data were misinterpreted as IP6CB(skb)->frag_max_size, so
that small packets sent through the tunnel are mistakenly fragmented.
This patch unconditionally clears the control buffer in ip6tunnel_xmit(),
which affects ip6_tunnel, ip6_udp_tunnel and ip6_gre. Currently none of
these tunnels set IP6CB(skb)->flags, otherwise it needs to be done earlier.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eli Cooper <elicooper@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree. This includes better integration with the routing subsystem for
nf_tables, explicit notrack support and smaller updates. More
specifically, they are:
1) Add fib lookup expression for nf_tables, from Florian Westphal. This
new expression provides a native replacement for iptables addrtype
and rp_filter matches. This is more flexible though, since we can
populate the kernel flowi representation to inquire fib to
accomodate new usecases, such as RTBH through skb mark.
2) Introduce rt expression for nf_tables, from Anders K. Pedersen. This
new expression allow you to access skbuff route metadata, more
specifically nexthop and classid fields.
3) Add notrack support for nf_tables, to skip conntracking, requested by
many users already.
4) Add boilerplate code to allow to use nf_log infrastructure from
nf_tables ingress.
5) Allow to mangle pkttype from nf_tables prerouting chain, to emulate
the xtables cluster match, from Liping Zhang.
6) Move socket lookup code into generic nf_socket_* infrastructure so
we can provide a native replacement for the xtables socket match.
7) Make sure nfnetlink_queue data that is updated on every packets is
placed in a different cache from read-only data, from Florian Westphal.
8) Handle NF_STOLEN from nf_tables core, also from Florian Westphal.
9) Start round robin number generation in nft_numgen from zero,
instead of n-1, for consistency with xtables statistics match,
patch from Liping Zhang.
10) Set GFP_NOWARN flag in skbuff netlink allocations in nfnetlink_log,
given we retry with a smaller allocation on failure, from Calvin Owens.
11) Cleanup xt_multiport to use switch(), from Gao feng.
12) Remove superfluous check in nft_immediate and nft_cmp, from
Liping Zhang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move layer 2 packet logging into nf_log_l2packet() that resides in
nf_log_common.c, so this can be shared by both bridge and netdev
families.
This patch adds the boiler plate code to register the netdev logging
family.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add FIB expression, supported for ipv4, ipv6 and inet family (the latter
just dispatches to ipv4 or ipv6 one based on nfproto).
Currently supports fetching output interface index/name and the
rtm_type associated with an address.
This can be used for adding path filtering. rtm_type is useful
to e.g. enforce a strong-end host model where packets
are only accepted if daddr is configured on the interface the
packet arrived on.
The fib expression is a native nftables alternative to the
xtables addrtype and rp_filter matches.
FIB result order for oif/oifname retrieval is as follows:
- if packet is local (skb has rtable, RTF_LOCAL set, this
will also catch looped-back multicast packets), set oif to
the loopback interface.
- if fib lookup returns an error, or result points to local,
store zero result. This means '--local' option of -m rpfilter
is not supported. It is possible to use 'fib type local' or add
explicit saddr/daddr matching rules to create exceptions if this
is really needed.
- store result in the destination register.
In case of multiple routes, search set for desired oif in case
strict matching is requested.
ipv4 and ipv6 behave fib expressions are supposed to behave the same.
[ I have collapsed Arnd Bergmann's ("netfilter: nf_tables: fib warnings")
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/688615/
to address fallout from this patch after rebasing nf-next, that was
posted to address compilation warnings. --pablo ]
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Systems with large pages (64KB pages for example) do not always have
huge quantity of memory.
A big SK_MEM_QUANTUM value leads to fewer interactions with the
global counters (like tcp_memory_allocated) but might trigger
memory pressure much faster, giving suboptimal TCP performance
since windows are lowered to ridiculous values.
Note that sysctl_mem units being in pages and in ABI, we also need
to change sk_prot_mem_limits() accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to this patch, in rx path, before calling lock_sock, it needed to
hold assoc when got it by __sctp_lookup_association, in case other place
would free/put assoc.
But in __sctp_lookup_association, it lookup and hold transport, then got
assoc by transport->assoc, then hold assoc and put transport. It means
it didn't hold transport, yet it was returned and later on directly
assigned to chunk->transport.
Without the protection of sock lock, the transport may be freed/put by
other places, which would cause a use-after-free issue.
This patch is to fix this issue by holding transport instead of assoc.
As holding transport can make sure to access assoc is also safe, and
actually it looks up assoc by searching transport rhashtable, to hold
transport here makes more sense.
Note that the function will be renamed later on on another patch.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mostly simple overlapping changes.
For example, David Ahern's adjacency list revamp in 'net-next'
conflicted with an adjacency list traversal bug fix in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Lots of fixes, mostly drivers as is usually the case.
1) Don't treat zero DMA address as invalid in vmxnet3, from Alexey
Khoroshilov.
2) Fix element timeouts in netfilter's nft_dynset, from Anders K.
Pedersen.
3) Don't put aead_req crypto struct on the stack in mac80211, from
Ard Biesheuvel.
4) Several uninitialized variable warning fixes from Arnd Bergmann.
5) Fix memory leak in cxgb4, from Colin Ian King.
6) Fix bpf handling of VLAN header push/pop, from Daniel Borkmann.
7) Several VRF semantic fixes from David Ahern.
8) Set skb->protocol properly in ip6_tnl_xmit(), from Eli Cooper.
9) Socket needs to be locked in udp_disconnect(), from Eric Dumazet.
10) Div-by-zero on 32-bit fix in mlx4 driver, from Eugenia Emantayev.
11) Fix stale link state during failover in NCSCI driver, from Gavin
Shan.
12) Fix netdev lower adjacency list traversal, from Ido Schimmel.
13) Propvide proper handle when emitting notifications of filter
deletes, from Jamal Hadi Salim.
14) Memory leaks and big-endian issues in rtl8xxxu, from Jes Sorensen.
15) Fix DESYNC_FACTOR handling in ipv6, from Jiri Bohac.
16) Several routing offload fixes in mlxsw driver, from Jiri Pirko.
17) Fix broadcast sync problem in TIPC, from Jon Paul Maloy.
18) Validate chunk len before using it in SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo
Leitner.
19) Revert a netns locking change that causes regressions, from Paul
Moore.
20) Add recursion limit to GRO handling, from Sabrina Dubroca.
21) GFP_KERNEL in irq context fix in ibmvnic, from Thomas Falcon.
22) Avoid accessing stale vxlan/geneve socket in data path, from
Pravin Shelar"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (189 commits)
geneve: avoid using stale geneve socket.
vxlan: avoid using stale vxlan socket.
qede: Fix out-of-bound fastpath memory access
net: phy: dp83848: add dp83822 PHY support
enic: fix rq disable
tipc: fix broadcast link synchronization problem
ibmvnic: Fix missing brackets in init_sub_crq_irqs
ibmvnic: Fix releasing of sub-CRQ IRQs in interrupt context
Revert "ibmvnic: Fix releasing of sub-CRQ IRQs in interrupt context"
arch/powerpc: Update parameters for csum_tcpudp_magic & csum_tcpudp_nofold
net/mlx4_en: Save slave ethtool stats command
net/mlx4_en: Fix potential deadlock in port statistics flow
net/mlx4: Fix firmware command timeout during interrupt test
net/mlx4_core: Do not access comm channel if it has not yet been initialized
net/mlx4_en: Fix panic during reboot
net/mlx4_en: Process all completions in RX rings after port goes up
net/mlx4_en: Resolve dividing by zero in 32-bit system
net/mlx4_core: Change the default value of enable_qos
net/mlx4_core: Avoid setting ports to auto when only one port type is supported
net/mlx4_core: Fix the resource-type enum in res tracker to conform to FW spec
...
When vxlan device is closed vxlan socket is freed. This
operation can race with vxlan-xmit function which
dereferences vxlan socket. Following patch uses RCU
mechanism to avoid this situation.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* client FILS authentication support in mac80211 (Jouni)
* AP/VLAN multicast improvements (Michael Braun)
* config/advertising support for differing beacon intervals on
multiple virtual interfaces (Purushottam Kushwaha, myself)
* deprecate the old WDS mode for cfg80211-based drivers, the
mode is hardly usable since it doesn't support any "modern"
features like WPA encryption (2003), HT (2009) or VHT (2014),
I'm not even sure WEP (introduced in 1997) could be done.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=SjfQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-10-28' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Among various cleanups and improvements, we have the following:
* client FILS authentication support in mac80211 (Jouni)
* AP/VLAN multicast improvements (Michael Braun)
* config/advertising support for differing beacon intervals on
multiple virtual interfaces (Purushottam Kushwaha, myself)
* deprecate the old WDS mode for cfg80211-based drivers, the
mode is hardly usable since it doesn't support any "modern"
features like WPA encryption (2003), HT (2009) or VHT (2014),
I'm not even sure WEP (introduced in 1997) could be done.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* a fix to process all events while suspending, so any
potential calls into the driver are done before it is
suspended
* small markup fixes for the sphinx documentation conversion
that's coming into the tree via the doc tree
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=toQY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-10-27' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Just two fixes:
* a fix to process all events while suspending, so any
potential calls into the driver are done before it is
suspended
* small markup fixes for the sphinx documentation conversion
that's coming into the tree via the doc tree
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Per listen(fd, backlog) rules, there is really no point accepting a SYN,
sending a SYNACK, and dropping the following ACK packet if accept queue
is full, because application is not draining accept queue fast enough.
This behavior is fooling TCP clients that believe they established a
flow, while there is nothing at server side. They might then send about
10 MSS (if using IW10) that will be dropped anyway while server is under
stress.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wrap several common instances of:
kmemdup(nla_data(attr), nla_len(attr), GFP_KERNEL);
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to IPv4, do not consider link state when validating next hops.
Currently, if the link is down default routes can fail to insert:
$ ip -6 ro add vrf blue default via 2100:2::64 dev eth2
RTNETLINK answers: No route to host
With this patch the command succeeds.
Fixes: 8c14586fc3 ("net: ipv6: Use passed in table for nexthop lookups")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rt6_add_route_info and rt6_add_dflt_router were updated to pull the FIB
table from the device index, but the corresponding rt6_get_route_info
and rt6_get_dflt_router functions were not leading to the failure to
process RA's:
ICMPv6: RA: ndisc_router_discovery failed to add default route
Fix the 'get' functions by using the table id associated with the
device when applicable.
Also, now that default routes can be added to tables other than the
default table, rt6_purge_dflt_routers needs to be updated as well to
look at all tables. To handle that efficiently, add a flag to the table
denoting if it is has a default route via RA.
Fixes: ca254490c8 ("net: Add VRF support to IPv6 stack")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since generic netlink family IDs are small integers, allocated
densely, IDR is an ideal match for lookups. Replace the existing
hand-written hash-table with IDR for allocation and lookup.
This lets the families only be written to once, during register,
since the list_head can be removed and removal of a family won't
cause any writes.
It also slightly reduces the code size (by about 1.3k on x86-64).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of providing macros/inline functions to initialize
the families, make all users initialize them statically and
get rid of the macros.
This reduces the kernel code size by about 1.6k on x86-64
(with allyesconfig).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Static family IDs have never really been used, the only
use case was the workaround I introduced for those users
that assumed their family ID was also their multicast
group ID.
Additionally, because static family IDs would never be
reserved by the generic netlink code, using a relatively
low ID would only work for built-in families that can be
registered immediately after generic netlink is started,
which is basically only the control family (apart from
the workaround code, which I also had to add code for so
it would reserve those IDs)
Thus, anything other than GENL_ID_GENERATE is flawed and
luckily not used except in the cases I mentioned. Move
those workarounds into a few lines of code, and then get
rid of GENL_ID_GENERATE entirely, making it more robust.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This helper function allows family implementations to access
their family's attrbuf. This gets rid of the attrbuf usage
in families, and also adds locking validation, since it's not
valid to use the attrbuf with parallel_ops or outside of the
dumpit callback.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The user may want to use only some bits of the skb mark in
his skbedit rules because the remaining part might be used by
something else.
Introduce the "mask" parameter to the skbedit actor in order
to implement such functionality.
When the mask is specified, only those bits selected by the
latter are altered really changed by the actor, while the
rest is left untouched.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is now a fixed-size extension, so we don't need to pass a variable
alloc size. This (harmless) error results in allocating 32 instead of
the needed 16 bytes for this extension as the size gets passed twice.
Fixes: 23014011ba ("netfilter: conntrack: support a fixed size of 128 distinct labels")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Commit 36b701fae1 ("netfilter: nf_tables: validate maximum value of
u32 netlink attributes") introduced nft_parse_u32_check with a return
value of "unsigned int", yet on error it returns "-ERANGE".
This patch corrects the mismatch by changing the return value to "int",
which happens to match the actual users of nft_parse_u32_check already.
Found by Coverity, CID 1373930.
Note that commit 21a9e0f156 ("netfilter: nft_exthdr: fix error
handling in nft_exthdr_init()) attempted to address the issue, but
did not address the return type of nft_parse_u32_check.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Laura Garcia Liebana <nevola@gmail.com>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Fixes: 36b701fae1 ("netfilter: nf_tables: validate maximum value...")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When nft_expr_clone failed, a series of problems will happen:
1. module refcnt will leak, we call __module_get at the beginning but
we forget to put it back if ops->clone returns fail
2. memory will be leaked, if clone fail, we just return NULL and forget
to free the alloced element
3. set->nelems will become incorrect when set->size is specified. If
clone fail, we should decrease the set->nelems
Now this patch fixes these problems. And fortunately, clone fail will
only happen on counter expression when memory is exhausted.
Fixes: 086f332167 ("netfilter: nf_tables: add clone interface to expression operations")
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add functionality to update the connection parameters when in connected
state, so that driver/firmware uses the updated parameters for
subsequent roaming. This is for drivers that support internal BSS
selection and roaming. The new command does not change the current
association state, i.e., it can be used to update IE contents for future
(re)associations without causing an immediate disassociation or
reassociation with the current BSS.
This commit implements the required functionality for updating IEs for
(Re)Association Request frame only. Other parameters can be added in
future when required.
Signed-off-by: vamsi krishna <vamsin@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the ability to configure if an AP (and associated VLANs) will
do multicast-to-unicast conversion for ARP, IPv4 and IPv6 frames
(possibly within 802.1Q). If enabled, such frames are to be sent
to each station separately, with the DA replaced by their own MAC
address rather than the group address.
Note that this may break certain expectations of the receiver,
such as the ability to drop unicast IP packets received within
multicast L2 frames, or the ability to not send ICMP destination
unreachable messages for packets received in L2 multicast (which
is required, but the receiver can't tell the difference if this
new option is enabled.)
This also doesn't implement the 802.11 DMS (directed multicast
service).
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
[fix disabling, add better documentation & commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The new nl80211 attributes can be used to provide KEK and nonces to
allow the driver to encrypt and decrypt FILS (Re)Association
Request/Response frames in station mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Define the Element IDs and Element ID Extensions from IEEE
P802.11ai/D11.0. In addition, add a new cfg80211_find_ext_ie() wrapper
to make it easier to find information elements that used the Element ID
Extension field.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds defines and nl80211 extensions to allow FILS Authentication to
be implemented similarly to SAE. FILS does not need the special rules
for the Authentication transaction number and Status code fields, but it
does need to add non-IE fields. The previously used
NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA can be reused for this to avoid having to
duplicate that implementation. Rename that attribute to more generic
NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA (with backwards compatibility define for
NL80211_SAE_DATA).
Also document the special rules related to the Authentication
transaction number and Status code fiels.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove the pointless checking against interface combinations in
the initial basic beacon interval validation, that currently isn't
taking into account radar detection or channels properly. Instead,
just validate the basic range there, and then delay real checking
to the interface combination validation that drivers must do.
This means that drivers wanting to use the beacon_int_min_gcd will
now have to pass the new_beacon_int when validating the AP/mesh
start.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a helper using wdev to check if interface is running. This
deals with both non-netdev and netdev interfaces. In struct
wireless_dev replace 'p2p_started' and 'nan_started' by
'is_running' as those are mutually exclusive anyway, and unify
all the code to use wdev_running().
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
First bug was added in commit ad6f939ab1 ("ip: Add offset parameter to
ip_cmsg_recv") : Tom missed that ipv4 udp messages could be received on
AF_INET6 socket. ip_cmsg_recv(msg, skb) should have been replaced by
ip_cmsg_recv_offset(msg, skb, sizeof(struct udphdr));
Then commit e6afc8ace6 ("udp: remove headers from UDP packets before
queueing") forgot to adjust the offsets now UDP headers are pulled
before skb are put in receive queue.
Fixes: ad6f939ab1 ("ip: Add offset parameter to ip_cmsg_recv")
Fixes: e6afc8ace6 ("udp: remove headers from UDP packets before queueing")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Sam Kumar <samanthakumar@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Tested-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The skbuff and sock structure both had missing parameter annotation
values.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In criu we are actively using diag interface to collect sockets
present in the system when dumping applications. And while for
unix, tcp, udp[lite], packet, netlink it works as expected,
the raw sockets do not have. Thus add it.
v2:
- add missing sock_put calls in raw_diag_dump_one (by eric.dumazet@)
- implement @destroy for diag requests (by dsa@)
v3:
- add export of raw_abort for IPv6 (by dsa@)
- pass net-admin flag into inet_sk_diag_fill due to
changes in net-next branch (by dsa@)
v4:
- use @pad in struct inet_diag_req_v2 for raw socket
protocol specification: raw module carries sockets
which may have custom protocol passed from socket()
syscall and sole @sdiag_protocol is not enough to
match underlied ones
- start reporting protocol specifed in socket() call
when sockets are raw ones for the same reason: user
space tools like ss may parse this attribute and use
it for socket matching
v5 (by eric.dumazet@):
- use sock_hold in raw_sock_get instead of atomic_inc,
we're holding (raw_v4_hashinfo|raw_v6_hashinfo)->lock
when looking up so counter won't be zero here.
v6:
- use sdiag_raw_protocol() helper which will access @pad
structure used for raw sockets protocol specification:
we can't simply rename this member without breaking uapi
v7:
- sine sdiag_raw_protocol() helper is not suitable for
uapi lets rather make an alias structure with proper
names. __check_inet_diag_req_raw helper will catch
if any of structure unintentionally changed.
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
CC: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
CC: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Andrey Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Cyrill Gorcunov <gorcunov@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The field is initialized by ILA and MPLS but never used. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid using the generic helpers.
Use the receive queue spin lock to protect the memory
accounting operation, both on enqueue and on dequeue.
On dequeue perform partial memory reclaiming, trying to
leave a quantum of forward allocated memory.
On enqueue use a custom helper, to allow some optimizations:
- use a plain spin_lock() variant instead of the slightly
costly spin_lock_irqsave(),
- avoid dst_force check, since the calling code has already
dropped the skb dst
- avoid orphaning the skb, since skb_steal_sock() already did
the work for us
The above needs custom memory reclaiming on shutdown, provided
by the udp_destruct_sock().
v5 -> v6:
- don't orphan the skb on enqueue
v4 -> v5:
- replace the mem_lock with the receive queue spin lock
- ensure that the bh is always allowed to enqueue at least
a skb, even if sk_rcvbuf is exceeded
v3 -> v4:
- reworked memory accunting, simplifying the schema
- provide an helper for both memory scheduling and enqueuing
v1 -> v2:
- use a udp specific destrctor to perform memory reclaiming
- remove a couple of helpers, unneeded after the above cleanup
- do not reclaim memory on dequeue if not under memory
pressure
- reworked the fwd accounting schema to avoid potential
integer overflow
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Basic sock operations that udp code can use with its own
memory accounting schema. No functional change is introduced
in the existing APIs.
v4 -> v5:
- avoid whitespace changes
v2 -> v4:
- avoid exporting __sock_enqueue_skb
v1 -> v2:
- avoid export sock_rmem_free
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Baozeng reported this deadlock case:
CPU0 CPU1
---- ----
lock([ 165.136033] sk_lock-AF_INET6);
lock([ 165.136033] rtnl_mutex);
lock([ 165.136033] sk_lock-AF_INET6);
lock([ 165.136033] rtnl_mutex);
Similar to commit 87e9f03159
("ipv4: fix a potential deadlock in mcast getsockopt() path")
this is due to we still have a case, ipv6_sock_mc_close(),
where we acquire sk_lock before rtnl_lock. Close this deadlock
with the similar solution, that is always acquire rtnl lock first.
Fixes: baf606d9c9 ("ipv4,ipv6: grab rtnl before locking the socket")
Reported-by: Baozeng Ding <sploving1@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Baozeng Ding <sploving1@gmail.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Baozeng Ding reported KASAN traces showing uses after free in
udp_lib_get_port() and other related UDP functions.
A CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC=y kernel would eventually crash.
I could write a reproducer with two threads doing :
static int sock_fd;
static void *thr1(void *arg)
{
for (;;) {
connect(sock_fd, (const struct sockaddr *)arg,
sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
}
}
static void *thr2(void *arg)
{
struct sockaddr_in unspec;
for (;;) {
memset(&unspec, 0, sizeof(unspec));
connect(sock_fd, (const struct sockaddr *)&unspec,
sizeof(unspec));
}
}
Problem is that udp_disconnect() could run without holding socket lock,
and this was causing list corruptions.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Baozeng Ding <sploving1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On a disconnect request from userspace, cfg80211 currently calls
called rdev_disconnect() only in case that 'current_bss' was set,
i.e. connection had been established.
Change this to allow the userspace call to succeed and call the
driver's disconnect() method also while the connection attempt is
in progress, to be able to abort attempts.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[change commit subject/message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The uapsd_queue field is in QoS IE order and not in
IEEE80211_AC_*'s order.
This means that mac80211 would get confused between
BK and BE which is certainly not such a big deal but
needs to be fixed.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently mac80211 determines whether HW does fragmentation
by checking whether the set_frag_threshold callback is set
or not.
However, some drivers may want to set the HW fragmentation
capability depending on HW generation.
Allow this by checking a HW flag instead of checking the
callback.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
[added the flag to ath10k and wlcore]
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
iwlwifi will check internally that the tid maps to an AC
that is trigger enabled, but can't know what tid exactly.
Allow the driver to pass a generic tid and make mac80211
assume that a trigger frame was received.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The values don't match the radiotap spec, corrected that.
Reported-by: Oz Shalev <oz.shalev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
from stack removal fix that crashes things when VMAP
stack is used in conjunction with software crypto.
Aside from that, we have:
* a fix for AP_VLAN usage with the nl80211 frame command
* two fixes (and two preparation patches) for A-MSDU, one
to discard group-addressed (multicast) and unexpected
4-address A-MSDUs, the other to validate A-MSDU inner
MAC addresses properly to prevent controlled port bypass
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=T6t1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-10-18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
This is relatively small, mostly to get the SG/crypto
from stack removal fix that crashes things when VMAP
stack is used in conjunction with software crypto.
Aside from that, we have:
* a fix for AP_VLAN usage with the nl80211 frame command
* two fixes (and two preparation patches) for A-MSDU, one
to discard group-addressed (multicast) and unexpected
4-address A-MSDUs, the other to validate A-MSDU inner
MAC addresses properly to prevent controlled port bypass
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, socket lookups for l3mdev (vrf) use cases can match a socket
that is bound to a port but not a device (ie., a global socket). If the
sysctl tcp_l3mdev_accept is not set this leads to ack packets going out
based on the main table even though the packet came in from an L3 domain.
The end result is that the connection does not establish creating
confusion for users since the service is running and a socket shows in
ss output. Fix by requiring an exact dif to sk_bound_dev_if match if the
skb came through an interface enslaved to an l3mdev device and the
tcp_l3mdev_accept is not set.
skb's through an l3mdev interface are marked by setting a flag in
inet{6}_skb_parm. The IPv6 variant is already set; this patch adds the
flag for IPv4. Using an skb flag avoids a device lookup on the dif. The
flag is set in the VRF driver using the IP{6}CB macros. For IPv4, the
inet_skb_parm struct is moved in the cb per commit 971f10eca1, so the
match function in the TCP stack needs to use TCP_SKB_CB. For IPv6, the
move is done after the socket lookup, so IP6CB is used.
The flags field in inet_skb_parm struct needs to be increased to add
another flag. There is currently a 1-byte hole following the flags,
so it can be expanded to u16 without increasing the size of the struct.
Fixes: 193125dbd8 ("net: Introduce VRF device driver")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to IEEE 802.11-2012 section 8.3.2 table 8-19, the outer SA/DA
of A-MSDU frames need to be changed depending on FromDS/ToDS values.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
[use ether_addr_copy and add alignment annotations]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Users of lwt tunnels may set up some secondary state in build_state
function. Add a corresponding destroy_state function to allow users to
clean up state. This destroy state function is called from lwstate_free.
Also, we now free lwstate using kfree_rcu so user can assume structure
is not freed before rcu.
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only 32 more to go...
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJYAOP4AAoJEI3ONVYwIuV6CIgQAKqtI3i99xOJcuVJfojHYo0p
LRLwIX0RxkQCb+nCPLJTjH+NLQ5Zw3BLFTmizcewJJuYnv8eBbBcAEsegvrkIl7B
0KmHEttdWFkujE+kISmfI6WsvxiFt+VbcjqgFMNM7D5Xw352x3v3X9VMPO7P/5lz
ztWCdYZxhH2qFmeDiNmKMnPqtUJjOppTR73jqMzPHUI4PQcFxzGaTRwntuCJQ/XA
fRwcTEQAX3r/xdCDb7+tIq00i+J8ZDTqwng9/8GqlWyjeDQZG8CmaGvDBwA1+n+X
zG6lmOHLPIBppOF8rUQ1Q1ZlZl5x0jPDoo19mGdlQ+IgZocdo4z43XTc0c+oLguA
zjiXKJXn1EJvl4iKLeF6nkxJxESJioCNg3eXqFPLFjYDSWzrK7umTkiJMLB9UbqN
ThqrxgVrMpKjSug9KKqItu47WZ4s+dczkkngyiqMUUo34RDnfCQXwCBO7JAdzyyH
XnwrCVj6hD8SIIv2REWNAiBTzIqEZxNmc9qvwj+Xy18hXKYhqqYRtf35QL3adp9R
Nigl9dtcTdCkNJiaVYgfcTz/9ZMLcrKcMFV27ExMYZiDce2T7YWnnE5/VpheXi0r
/EULZLxKJgu99SHACLmK1ZWD8YuoqlRZVQtk8LTNOBAiu8sasrwVYy7meQWlsL/8
Q/bmUmWXUD3I6CwIaS1R
=U9Pc
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'docs-4.9-2' of git://git.lwn.net/linux
Pull one more documentation update from Jonathan Corbet:
"A single commit converting the mac80211 DocBook template over to
Sphinx. Only 32 more to go..."
* tag 'docs-4.9-2' of git://git.lwn.net/linux:
docs-rst: sphinxify 802.11 documentation
The IPv6 temporary address generation uses a variable called DESYNC_FACTOR
to prevent hosts updating the addresses at the same time. Quoting RFC 4941:
... The value DESYNC_FACTOR is a random value (different for each
client) that ensures that clients don't synchronize with each other and
generate new addresses at exactly the same time ...
DESYNC_FACTOR is defined as:
DESYNC_FACTOR -- A random value within the range 0 - MAX_DESYNC_FACTOR.
It is computed once at system start (rather than each time it is used)
and must never be greater than (TEMP_VALID_LIFETIME - REGEN_ADVANCE).
First, I believe the RFC has a typo in it and meant to say: "and must
never be greater than (TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME - REGEN_ADVANCE)"
The reason is that at various places in the RFC, DESYNC_FACTOR is used in
a calculation like (TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME - DESYNC_FACTOR) or
(TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME - REGEN_ADVANCE - DESYNC_FACTOR). It needs to be
smaller than (TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME - REGEN_ADVANCE) for the result of
these calculations to be larger than zero. It's never used in a
calculation together with TEMP_VALID_LIFETIME.
I already submitted an errata to the rfc-editor:
https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata_search.php?rfc=4941
The Linux implementation of DESYNC_FACTOR is very wrong:
max_desync_factor is used in places DESYNC_FACTOR should be used.
max_desync_factor is initialized to the RFC-recommended value for
MAX_DESYNC_FACTOR (600) but the whole point is to get a _random_ value.
And nothing ensures that the value used is not greater than
(TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME - REGEN_ADVANCE), which leads to underflows. The
effect can easily be observed when setting the temp_prefered_lft sysctl
e.g. to 60. The preferred lifetime of the temporary addresses will be
bogus.
TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME and REGEN_ADVANCE are not constants and can be
influenced by these three sysctls: regen_max_retry, dad_transmits and
temp_prefered_lft. Thus, the upper bound for desync_factor needs to be
re-calculated each time a new address is generated and if desync_factor is
larger than the new upper bound, a new random value needs to be
re-generated.
And since we already have max_desync_factor configurable per interface, we
also need to calculate and store desync_factor per interface.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Bohac <jbohac@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The randomized interface identifier (rndid) was periodically updated from
the regen_timer timer. Simplify the code by updating the rndid only when
needed by ipv6_try_regen_rndid().
This makes the follow-up DESYNC_FACTOR fix much simpler. Also it fixes a
reference counting error in this error path, where an in6_dev_put was
missing:
err = addrconf_sysctl_register(ndev);
if (err) {
ipv6_mc_destroy_dev(ndev);
- del_timer(&ndev->regen_timer);
snmp6_unregister_dev(ndev);
goto err_release;
Signed-off-by: Jiri Bohac <jbohac@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These accessors are used in various drivers that support tc offloading,
to detect properties of a given 'tc_action'.
'is_tcf_mirred_redirect' tests that the action is TCA_EGRESS_REDIR.
'is_tcf_mirred_mirror' tests that the action is TCA_EGRESS_MIRROR.
As a prep towards supporting INGRESS redir/mirror, rename these
predicates to reflect their true meaning:
s/is_tcf_mirred_redirect/is_tcf_mirred_egress_redirect/
s/is_tcf_mirred_mirror/is_tcf_mirred_egress_mirror/
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'tcfm_ok_push' specifies whether a mac_len sized push is needed upon
egress to the target device (if action is performed at ingress).
Rename it to 'tcfm_mac_header_xmit' as this is actually an attribute of
the target device (and use a bool instead of int).
This allows to decouple the attribute from the action to be taken.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix various build warnings in tlan/qed/xen-netback drivers, from
Arnd Bergmann.
2) Propagate proper error code in strparser's strp_recv(), from Geert
Uytterhoeven.
3) Fix accidental broadcast of RTM_GETTFILTER responses, from Eric
Dumazret.
4) Need to use list_for_each_entry_safe() in qed driver, from Wei
Yongjun.
5) Openvswitch 802.1AD bug fixes from Jiri Benc.
6) Cure BUILD_BUG_ON() in mlx5 driver, from Tom Herbert.
7) Fix UDP ipv6 checksumming in netvsc driver, from Stephen Hemminger.
8) stmmac driver fixes from Giuseppe CAVALLARO.
9) Fix access to mangled IP6CB in tcp, from Eric Dumazet.
10) Fix info leaks in tipc and rtnetlink, from Dan Carpenter.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (27 commits)
net: bridge: add the multicast_flood flag attribute to brport_attrs
net: axienet: Remove unused parameter from __axienet_device_reset
liquidio: CN23XX: fix a loop timeout
net: rtnl: info leak in rtnl_fill_vfinfo()
tipc: info leak in __tipc_nl_add_udp_addr()
net: ipv4: Do not drop to make_route if oif is l3mdev
net: phy: Trigger state machine on state change and not polling.
ipv6: tcp: restore IP6CB for pktoptions skbs
netvsc: Remove mistaken udp.h inclusion.
xen-netback: fix type mismatch warning
stmmac: fix error check when init ptp
stmmac: fix ptp init for gmac4
qed: fix old-style function definition
netvsc: fix checksum on UDP IPV6
net_sched: reorder pernet ops and act ops registrations
xen-netback: fix guest Rx stall detection (after guest Rx refactor)
drivers/ptp: Fix kernel memory disclosure
net/mlx5: Add MLX5_ARRAY_SET64 to fix BUILD_BUG_ON
qmi_wwan: add support for Quectel EC21 and EC25
openvswitch: add NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_STAG_TX to internal dev
...
Commit e0d56fdd73 was a bit aggressive removing l3mdev calls in
the IPv4 stack. If the fib_lookup fails we do not want to drop to
make_route if the oif is an l3mdev device.
Also reverts 19664c6a00 ("net: l3mdev: Remove netif_index_is_l3_master")
which removed netif_index_is_l3_master.
Fixes: e0d56fdd73 ("net: l3mdev: remove redundant calls")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The prsctp polices include ttl expires policy already, we should remove
the old ttl expires codes, and just adjust the new polices' codes to be
compatible with the old one for users.
This patch is to remove all the old expires codes, and if prsctp polices
are not set, it will still set msg's expires_at and check the expires in
sctp_check_abandoned.
Note that asoc->prsctp_enable is set by default, so users can't feel any
difference even if they use the old expires api in userspace.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now sctp uses chunk->resent to record if a chunk is retransmitted, for
RTT measurements with retransmitted DATA chunks. chunk->sent_count was
introduced to record how many times one chunk has been sent for prsctp
RTX policy before. We actually can know if one chunk is retransmitted
by checking chunk->sent_count is greater than 1.
This patch is to remove resent from sctp_chunk and reuse sent_count
to avoid retransmitted chunks for RTT measurements.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit provides a mechanism for the host drivers to advertise the
support for different beacon intervals among the respective interface
combinations in a group, through NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD (u32).
This value will be compared against GCD of all beaconing interfaces of
matching combinations.
If the driver doesn't advertise this value, the old behaviour where
all beacon intervals must be identical is retained.
If it is specified, then any beacon interval for an interface in the
interface combination as well as the GCD of all active beacon intervals
in the combination must be greater or equal to this value.
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
[change commit message, some variable names, small other things]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the growing parameter list to a structure for the interface
combination check and iteration functions in cfg80211 and mac80211
to make the code easier to understand.
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
[edit commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We should not accept arbitrary DA/SA inside A-MSDUs, it could be used
to circumvent protections, like allowing a station to send frames and
make them seem to come from somewhere else.
Add the necessary infrastructure in cfg80211 to allow such checks, in
further patches we'll start using them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's only a single case where has_80211_header is passed as true,
which is in mac80211. Given that there's only simple code that needs
to be done before calling it, export that function from cfg80211
instead and let mac80211 call it itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull uaccess.h prepwork from Al Viro:
"Preparations to tree-wide switch to use of linux/uaccess.h (which,
obviously, will allow to start unifying stuff for real). The last step
there, ie
PATT='^[[:blank:]]*#[[:blank:]]*include[[:blank:]]*<asm/uaccess.h>'
sed -i -e "s!$PATT!#include <linux/uaccess.h>!" \
`git grep -l "$PATT"|grep -v ^include/linux/uaccess.h`
is not taken here - I would prefer to do it once just before or just
after -rc1. However, everything should be ready for it"
* 'work.uaccess2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
remove a stray reference to asm/uaccess.h in docs
sparc64: separate extable_64.h, switch elf_64.h to it
score: separate extable.h, switch module.h to it
mips: separate extable.h, switch module.h to it
x86: separate extable.h, switch sections.h to it
remove stray include of asm/uaccess.h from cacheflush.h
mn10300: remove a bogus processor.h->uaccess.h include
xtensa: split uaccess.h into C and asm sides
bonding: quit messing with IOCTL
kill __kernel_ds_p off
mn10300: finish verify_area() off
frv: move HAVE_ARCH_UNMAPPED_AREA to pgtable.h
exceptions: detritus removal
This is just a very basic conversion, I've split up the original
multi-book template, and also split up the multi-part mac80211
part in the original book; neither of those were handled by the
automatic pandoc conversion.
Fix errors that showed up, resulting in a much nicer rendering,
at least for the interface combinations documentation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Pull namespace updates from Eric Biederman:
"This set of changes is a number of smaller things that have been
overlooked in other development cycles focused on more fundamental
change. The devpts changes are small things that were a distraction
until we managed to kill off DEVPTS_MULTPLE_INSTANCES. There is an
trivial regression fix to autofs for the unprivileged mount changes
that went in last cycle. A pair of ioctls has been added by Andrey
Vagin making it is possible to discover the relationships between
namespaces when referring to them through file descriptors.
The big user visible change is starting to add simple resource limits
to catch programs that misbehave. With namespaces in general and user
namespaces in particular allowing users to use more kinds of
resources, it has become important to have something to limit errant
programs. Because the purpose of these limits is to catch errant
programs the code needs to be inexpensive to use as it always on, and
the default limits need to be high enough that well behaved programs
on well behaved systems don't encounter them.
To this end, after some review I have implemented per user per user
namespace limits, and use them to limit the number of namespaces. The
limits being per user mean that one user can not exhause the limits of
another user. The limits being per user namespace allow contexts where
the limit is 0 and security conscious folks can remove from their
threat anlysis the code used to manage namespaces (as they have
historically done as it root only). At the same time the limits being
per user namespace allow other parts of the system to use namespaces.
Namespaces are increasingly being used in application sand boxing
scenarios so an all or nothing disable for the entire system for the
security conscious folks makes increasing use of these sandboxes
impossible.
There is also added a limit on the maximum number of mounts present in
a single mount namespace. It is nontrivial to guess what a reasonable
system wide limit on the number of mount structure in the kernel would
be, especially as it various based on how a system is using
containers. A limit on the number of mounts in a mount namespace
however is much easier to understand and set. In most cases in
practice only about 1000 mounts are used. Given that some autofs
scenarious have the potential to be 30,000 to 50,000 mounts I have set
the default limit for the number of mounts at 100,000 which is well
above every known set of users but low enough that the mount hash
tables don't degrade unreaonsably.
These limits are a start. I expect this estabilishes a pattern that
other limits for resources that namespaces use will follow. There has
been interest in making inotify event limits per user per user
namespace as well as interest expressed in making details about what
is going on in the kernel more visible"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace: (28 commits)
autofs: Fix automounts by using current_real_cred()->uid
mnt: Add a per mount namespace limit on the number of mounts
netns: move {inc,dec}_net_namespaces into #ifdef
nsfs: Simplify __ns_get_path
tools/testing: add a test to check nsfs ioctl-s
nsfs: add ioctl to get a parent namespace
nsfs: add ioctl to get an owning user namespace for ns file descriptor
kernel: add a helper to get an owning user namespace for a namespace
devpts: Change the owner of /dev/pts/ptmx to the mounter of /dev/pts
devpts: Remove sync_filesystems
devpts: Make devpts_kill_sb safe if fsi is NULL
devpts: Simplify devpts_mount by using mount_nodev
devpts: Move the creation of /dev/pts/ptmx into fill_super
devpts: Move parse_mount_options into fill_super
userns: When the per user per user namespace limit is reached return ENOSPC
userns; Document per user per user namespace limits.
mntns: Add a limit on the number of mount namespaces.
netns: Add a limit on the number of net namespaces
cgroupns: Add a limit on the number of cgroup namespaces
ipcns: Add a limit on the number of ipc namespaces
...
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Resolve the merge conflict between Felix's/my and Toke's patches
coming into the tree through net and mac80211-next respectively.
Most of Felix's changes go away due to Toke's new infrastructure
work, my patch changes to "goto begin" (the label wasn't there
before) instead of returning NULL so flow control towards drivers
is preserved better.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This introduces ncsi_stop_dev(), as counterpart to ncsi_start_dev(),
to stop the NCSI device so that it can be reenabled in future. This
API should be called when the network device driver is going to
shutdown the device. There are 3 things done in the function: Stop
the channel monitoring; Reset channels to inactive state; Report
NCSI link down.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_mpls_header is equivalent to mpls_hdr now. Use the existing helper
instead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be also used by openvswitch.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TXQ intermediate queues can cause packet reordering when more than
one flow is active to a single station. Since some of the wifi-specific
packet handling (notably sequence number and encryption handling) is
sensitive to re-ordering, things break if they are applied before the
TXQ.
This splits up the TX handlers and fast_xmit logic into two parts: An
early part and a late part. The former is applied before TXQ enqueue,
and the latter after dequeue. The non-TXQ path just applies both parts
at once.
Because fragments shouldn't be split up or reordered, the fragmentation
handler is run after dequeue. Any fragments are then kept in the TXQ and
on subsequent dequeues they take precedence over dequeueing from the FQ
structure.
This approach avoids having to scatter special cases all over the place
for when TXQ is enabled, at the cost of making the fast_xmit and TX
handler code slightly more complex.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
[fix a few code-style nits, make ieee80211_xmit_fast_finish void,
remove a useless txq->sta check]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows the mesh sync (and debugfs) code to make incremental
TSF adjustments, avoiding any uncertainty introduced by delay in
programming absolute TSF.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <twp@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The reusable fairness queueing implementation (fq.h) lacks the memory
usage limit that the fq_codel qdisc has. This means that small
devices (e.g. WiFi routers) can run out of memory when flooded with a
large number of packets. This ports the memory limit feature from
fq_codel to fq.h.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Provide an API to report NAN function match. Mac80211 will lookup the
corresponding cookie and report the match to cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement add/rm_nan_func functions and handle NAN function
termination notifications. Handle instance_id allocation for
NAN functions and implement the reconfig flow.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement nan_change_conf callback which allows to change current
NAN configuration (master preference and dual band operation).
Store the current NAN configuration in sdata, so it can be used
both to provide the driver the updated configuration with changes
and also it will be used in hw reconfig flows in next patches.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Provide a function that reports NAN DE function termination. The function
may be terminated due to one of the following reasons: user request,
ttl expiration or failure.
If the NAN instance is tied to the owner, the notification will be
sent to the socket that started the NAN interface only
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Provide a function the driver can call to report a match.
This will send the event to the user space.
If the NAN instance is tied to the owner, the notifications will be
sent to the socket that started the NAN interface only.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some NAN configuration paramaters may change during the operation of
the NAN device. For example, a user may want to update master preference
value when the device gets plugged/unplugged to the power.
Add API that allows to do so.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A NAN function can be either publish, subscribe or follow
up. Make all the necessary verifications and just pass the
request to the driver.
Allow the user space application that starts NAN to
forbid any other socket to add or remove functions.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This code doesn't do much besides allowing to start and
stop the vif.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows user space to start/stop NAN interface.
A NAN interface is like P2P device in a few aspects: it
doesn't have a netdev associated to it.
Add the new interface type and prevent operations that
can't be executed on NAN interface like scan.
Define several attributes that may be configured by user space
when starting NAN functionality (master preference and dual
band operation)
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for drivers that implement static WEP internally, i.e.
expose connection keys to the driver in connect flow and don't
upload the keys after the connection.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Now sctp uses chunk->prsctp_param to save the prsctp param for all the
prsctp polices, we didn't need to introduce prsctp_param to sctp_chunk.
We can just use chunk->sinfo.sinfo_timetolive for RTX and BUF polices,
and reuse msg->expires_at for TTL policy, as the prsctp polices and old
expires policy are mutual exclusive.
This patch is to remove prsctp_param from sctp_chunk, and reuse msg's
expires_at for TTL and chunk's sinfo.sinfo_timetolive for RTX and BUF
polices.
Note that sctp can't use chunk's sinfo.sinfo_timetolive for TTL policy,
as it needs a u64 variables to save the expires_at time.
This one also fixes the "netperf-Throughput_Mbps -37.2% regression"
issue.
Fixes: a6c2f79287 ("sctp: implement prsctp TTL policy")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now pahole sctp_chunk, it has 2 memory holes:
struct sctp_chunk {
struct list_head list;
atomic_t refcnt;
/* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */
...
long unsigned int prsctp_param;
int sent_count;
/* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */
This patch is to move up sent_count to fill the 1st one and eliminate
the 2nd one.
It's not just another struct compaction, it also fixes the "netperf-
Throughput_Mbps -37.2% regression" issue when overloading the CPU.
Fixes: a6c2f79287 ("sctp: implement prsctp TTL policy")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements:
https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7559
Backoff is performed according to RFC3315 section 14:
https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3315#section-14
We allow setting /proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/*/router_solicitations
to a negative value meaning an unlimited number of retransmits,
and we make this the new default (inline with the RFC).
We also add a new setting:
/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/*/router_solicitation_max_interval
defaulting to 1 hour (per RFC recommendation).
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Acked-by: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is to introduce the generic interfaces for snmp_get_cpu_field{,64}.
It exchanges the two for-loops for collecting the percpu statistics data.
This can aggregate the data by going through all the items of each cpu
sequentially.
Signed-off-by: Jia He <hejianet@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the created tc actions list is reversed against the order
set by the user.
Change the actions list order to be the same as was set by the user.
This patch doesn't affect dump actions behavior.
For dumping, action->order parameter is used so the list order doesn't
matter.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since this is now taken care of by FIB notifier, remove the code, with
all unused dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These helpers are to be used in case someone offloads the FIB entry. The
result is that if the entry is offloaded to at least one device, the
offload flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows to pass information about added/deleted FIB entries/rules to
whoever is interested. This is done in a very similar way as devinet
notifies address additions/removals.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only remaining users are issuing SIOCGMIIPHY and SIOCGMIIREG,
neither of which deals with userland pointers. Simply calling
->ndo_do_ioctl() is fine; no messing with set_fs() is needed.
It used to mess with SIOCETHTOOL, which would've needed set_fs(),
but that has been killed in "[NET] ethtool ops are the only way"
9 years ago...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
The previous commit added support for specifying the beacon rate
for AP mode. Add features checks to this, and extend it to also
support the rate configuration for mesh networks. For IBSS it's
not as simple due to joining etc., so that's not yet supported.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows an option to configure a single beacon tx rate for an AP.
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/core.c
net/netfilter/nf_tables_netdev.c
Resolve two conflicts before pull request for David's net-next tree:
1) Between c73c248490 ("netfilter: nf_tables_netdev: remove redundant
ip_hdr assignment") from the net tree and commit ddc8b6027a
("netfilter: introduce nft_set_pktinfo_{ipv4, ipv6}_validate()").
2) Between e8bffe0cf9 ("net: Add _nf_(un)register_hooks symbols") and
Aaron Conole's patches to replace list_head with single linked list.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
NFTA_LOG_FLAGS attribute is already supported, but the related
NF_LOG_XXX flags are not exposed to the userspace. So we cannot
explicitly enable log flags to log uid, tcp sequence, ip options
and so on, i.e. such rule "nft add rule filter output log uid"
is not supported yet.
So move NF_LOG_XXX macro definitions to the uapi/../nf_log.h. In
order to keep consistent with other modules, change NF_LOG_MASK to
refer to all supported log flags. On the other hand, add a new
NF_LOG_DEFAULT_MASK to refer to the original default log flags.
Finally, if user specify the unsupported log flags or NFTA_LOG_GROUP
and NFTA_LOG_FLAGS are set at the same time, report EINVAL to the
userspace.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Inverse ranges != [a,b] are not currently possible because rules are
composites of && operations, and we need to express this:
data < a || data > b
This patch adds a new range expression. Positive ranges can be already
through two cmp expressions:
cmp(sreg, data, >=)
cmp(sreg, data, <=)
This new range expression provides an alternative way to express this.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The netfilter hook list never uses the prev pointer, and so can be trimmed to
be a simple singly-linked list.
In addition to having a more light weight structure for hook traversal,
struct net becomes 5568 bytes (down from 6400) and struct net_device becomes
2176 bytes (down from 2240).
Signed-off-by: Aaron Conole <aconole@bytheb.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
A future patch will modify the hook drop and outfn functions. This will
cause the line lengths to take up too much space. This is simply a
readability change.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Conole <aconole@bytheb.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This replaces the last uses of NF_HOOK_THRESH().
Followup patch will remove it and rename nf_hook_thresh.
The reason is that inet (non-bridge) netfilter no longer invokes the
hooks from hooks, so we do no longer need the thresh value to skip hooks
with a lower priority.
The bridge netfilter however may need to do this. br_nf_hook_thresh is a
wrapper that is supposed to do this, i.e. only call hooks with a
priority that exceeds NF_BR_PRI_BRNF.
It's used only in the recursion cases of br_netfilter. It invokes
nf_hook_slow while holding an rcu read-side critical section to make a
future cleanup simpler.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Aaron Conole <aconole@bytheb.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Today the DSA drivers are in charge of flushing the MAC addresses
associated to a port when its STP state changes from Learning or
Forwarding, to Disabled or Blocking or Listening.
This makes the drivers more complex and hides the generic switch logic.
Introduce a new optional port_fast_age operation to dsa_switch_ops, to
move this logic to the DSA layer and keep drivers simple.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Needed e.g for offloading drivers to pick the relevant attributes.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make it similar to time_before() macros:
- easier to understand
- make use of typecheck() to avoid working on unexpected variable types
(made the issue on previous patch visible)
- for _[lg]te versions, slighly faster, as the compiler used to generate
a sequence of cmp/je/cmp/js instructions and now it's sub/test/jle
(for _lte):
Before, for sctp_outq_sack:
if (primary->cacc.changeover_active) {
1f01: 80 b9 84 02 00 00 00 cmpb $0x0,0x284(%rcx)
1f08: 74 6e je 1f78 <sctp_outq_sack+0xe8>
u8 clear_cycling = 0;
if (TSN_lte(primary->cacc.next_tsn_at_change, sack_ctsn)) {
1f0a: 8b 81 80 02 00 00 mov 0x280(%rcx),%eax
return ((s) - (t)) & TSN_SIGN_BIT;
}
static inline int TSN_lte(__u32 s, __u32 t)
{
return ((s) == (t)) || (((s) - (t)) & TSN_SIGN_BIT);
1f10: 8b 7d bc mov -0x44(%rbp),%edi
1f13: 39 c7 cmp %eax,%edi
1f15: 74 25 je 1f3c <sctp_outq_sack+0xac>
1f17: 39 f8 cmp %edi,%eax
1f19: 78 21 js 1f3c <sctp_outq_sack+0xac>
primary->cacc.changeover_active = 0;
After:
if (primary->cacc.changeover_active) {
1ee7: 80 b9 84 02 00 00 00 cmpb $0x0,0x284(%rcx)
1eee: 74 73 je 1f63 <sctp_outq_sack+0xf3>
u8 clear_cycling = 0;
if (TSN_lte(primary->cacc.next_tsn_at_change, sack_ctsn)) {
1ef0: 8b 81 80 02 00 00 mov 0x280(%rcx),%eax
1ef6: 2b 45 b4 sub -0x4c(%rbp),%eax
1ef9: 85 c0 test %eax,%eax
1efb: 7e 26 jle 1f23 <sctp_outq_sack+0xb3>
primary->cacc.changeover_active = 0;
*_lt() generated pretty much the same code.
Tested with gcc (GCC) 6.1.1 20160621.
This patch also removes SSN_lte as it is not used and cleanups some
comments.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit ac28634456 ("netfilter: bridge: add nf_afinfo to enable
queuing to userspace"), we can queue packets to the user space in bridge
family. But when the user specify the queue range, packets will be only
delivered to the first queue num. Because in nfqueue_hash, we only support
ipv4 and ipv6 family. Now add support for bridge family too.
Suggested-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Fetch value and validate u32 netlink attribute. This validation is
usually required when the u32 netlink attributes are being stored in a
field whose size is smaller.
This patch revisits 4da449ae1d ("netfilter: nft_exthdr: Add size check
on u8 nft_exthdr attributes").
Fixes: 96518518cc ("netfilter: add nftables")
Suggested-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Laura Garcia Liebana <nevola@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
To something more meaningful these days, specially because this is
working on packet headers or lengths and which are not tied to any CPU
arch but to the protocol itself.
So, WORD_TRUNC becomes SCTP_TRUNC4 and WORD_ROUND becomes SCTP_PAD4.
Reported-by: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Reported-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2016-09-21
1) Propagate errors on security context allocation.
From Mathias Krause.
2) Fix inbound policy checks for inter address family tunnels.
From Thomas Zeitlhofer.
3) Fix an old memory leak on aead algorithm usage.
From Ilan Tayari.
4) A recent patch fixed a possible NULL pointer dereference
but broke the vti6 input path.
Fix from Nicolas Dichtel.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call into offloaded filters to update stats.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cls_bpf support for the TCA_CLS_FLAGS_SKIP_HW flag.
Unlike U32 and flower cls_bpf already has some netlink
flags defined. Create a new attribute to be able to use
the same flag values as the above.
Unlike U32 and flower reject unknown flags.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds hardware offload capability to cls_bpf classifier,
similar to what have been done with U32 and flower.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 1625f45299, vti6 is broken, all input packets are dropped
(LINUX_MIB_XFRMINNOSTATES is incremented).
XFRM_TUNNEL_SKB_CB(skb)->tunnel.ip6 is set by vti6_rcv() before calling
xfrm6_rcv()/xfrm6_rcv_spi(), thus we cannot set to NULL that value in
xfrm6_rcv_spi().
A new function xfrm6_rcv_tnl() that enables to pass a value to
xfrm6_rcv_spi() is added, so that xfrm6_rcv() is not touched (this function
is used in several handlers).
CC: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Fixes: 1625f45299 ("net/xfrm_input: fix possible NULL deref of tunnel.ip6->parms.i_key")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This commit introduces an optional new "omnipotent" hook,
cong_control(), for congestion control modules. The cong_control()
function is called at the end of processing an ACK (i.e., after
updating sequence numbers, the SACK scoreboard, and loss
detection). At that moment we have precise delivery rate information
the congestion control module can use to control the sending behavior
(using cwnd, TSO skb size, and pacing rate) in any CA state.
This function can also be used by a congestion control that prefers
not to use the default cwnd reduction approach (i.e., the PRR
algorithm) during CA_Recovery to control the cwnd and sending rate
during loss recovery.
We take advantage of the fact that recent changes defer the
retransmission or transmission of new data (e.g. by F-RTO) in recovery
until the new tcp_cong_control() function is run.
With this commit, we only run tcp_update_pacing_rate() if the
congestion control is not using this new API. New congestion controls
which use the new API do not want the TCP stack to run the default
pacing rate calculation and overwrite whatever pacing rate they have
chosen at initialization time.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the TCP send buffer expands to twice cwnd, in order to allow
limited transmits in the CA_Recovery state. This assumes that cwnd
does not increase in the CA_Recovery.
For some congestion control algorithms, like the upcoming BBR module,
if the losses in recovery do not indicate congestion then we may
continue to raise cwnd multiplicatively in recovery. In such cases the
current multiplier will falsely limit the sending rate, much as if it
were limited by the application.
This commit adds an optional congestion control callback to use a
different multiplier to expand the TCP send buffer. For congestion
control modules that do not specificy this callback, TCP continues to
use the previous default of 2.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow congestion control modules to use the default TSO auto-sizing
algorithm as one of the ingredients in their own decision about TSO sizing:
1) Export tcp_tso_autosize() so that CC modules can use it.
2) Change tcp_tso_autosize() to allow callers to specify a minimum
number of segments per TSO skb, in case the congestion control
module has a different notion of the best floor for TSO skbs for
the connection right now. For very low-rate paths or policed
connections it can be appropriate to use smaller TSO skbs.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the tso_segs_goal() function in tcp_congestion_ops to allow the
congestion control module to specify the number of segments that
should be in a TSO skb sent by tcp_write_xmit() and
tcp_xmit_retransmit_queue(). The congestion control module can either
request a particular number of segments in TSO skb that we transmit,
or return 0 if it doesn't care.
This allows the upcoming BBR congestion control module to select small
TSO skb sizes if the module detects that the bottleneck bandwidth is
very low, or that the connection is policed to a low rate.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds code to track whether the delivery rate represented
by each rate_sample was limited by the application.
Upon each transmit, we store in the is_app_limited field in the skb a
boolean bit indicating whether there is a known "bubble in the pipe":
a point in the rate sample interval where the sender was
application-limited, and did not transmit even though the cwnd and
pacing rate allowed it.
This logic marks the flow app-limited on a write if *all* of the
following are true:
1) There is less than 1 MSS of unsent data in the write queue
available to transmit.
2) There is no packet in the sender's queues (e.g. in fq or the NIC
tx queue).
3) The connection is not limited by cwnd.
4) There are no lost packets to retransmit.
The tcp_rate_check_app_limited() code in tcp_rate.c determines whether
the connection is application-limited at the moment. If the flow is
application-limited, it sets the tp->app_limited field. If the flow is
application-limited then that means there is effectively a "bubble" of
silence in the pipe now, and this silence will be reflected in a lower
bandwidth sample for any rate samples from now until we get an ACK
indicating this bubble has exited the pipe: specifically, until we get
an ACK for the next packet we transmit.
When we send every skb we record in scb->tx.is_app_limited whether the
resulting rate sample will be application-limited.
The code in tcp_rate_gen() checks to see when it is safe to mark all
known application-limited bubbles of silence as having exited the
pipe. It does this by checking to see when the delivered count moves
past the tp->app_limited marker. At this point it zeroes the
tp->app_limited marker, as all known bubbles are out of the pipe.
We make room for the tx.is_app_limited bit in the skb by borrowing a
bit from the in_flight field used by NV to record the number of bytes
in flight. The receive window in the TCP header is 16 bits, and the
max receive window scaling shift factor is 14 (RFC 1323). So the max
receive window offered by the TCP protocol is 2^(16+14) = 2^30. So we
only need 30 bits for the tx.in_flight used by NV.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch generates data delivery rate (throughput) samples on a
per-ACK basis. These rate samples can be used by congestion control
modules, and specifically will be used by TCP BBR in later patches in
this series.
Key state:
tp->delivered: Tracks the total number of data packets (original or not)
delivered so far. This is an already-existing field.
tp->delivered_mstamp: the last time tp->delivered was updated.
Algorithm:
A rate sample is calculated as (d1 - d0)/(t1 - t0) on a per-ACK basis:
d1: the current tp->delivered after processing the ACK
t1: the current time after processing the ACK
d0: the prior tp->delivered when the acked skb was transmitted
t0: the prior tp->delivered_mstamp when the acked skb was transmitted
When an skb is transmitted, we snapshot d0 and t0 in its control
block in tcp_rate_skb_sent().
When an ACK arrives, it may SACK and ACK some skbs. For each SACKed
or ACKed skb, tcp_rate_skb_delivered() updates the rate_sample struct
to reflect the latest (d0, t0).
Finally, tcp_rate_gen() generates a rate sample by storing
(d1 - d0) in rs->delivered and (t1 - t0) in rs->interval_us.
One caveat: if an skb was sent with no packets in flight, then
tp->delivered_mstamp may be either invalid (if the connection is
starting) or outdated (if the connection was idle). In that case,
we'll re-stamp tp->delivered_mstamp.
At first glance it seems t0 should always be the time when an skb was
transmitted, but actually this could over-estimate the rate due to
phase mismatch between transmit and ACK events. To track the delivery
rate, we ensure that if packets are in flight then t0 and and t1 are
times at which packets were marked delivered.
If the initial and final RTTs are different then one may be corrupted
by some sort of noise. The noise we see most often is sending gaps
caused by delayed, compressed, or stretched acks. This either affects
both RTTs equally or artificially reduces the final RTT. We approach
this by recording the info we need to compute the initial RTT
(duration of the "send phase" of the window) when we recorded the
associated inflight. Then, for a filter to avoid bandwidth
overestimates, we generalize the per-sample bandwidth computation
from:
bw = delivered / ack_phase_rtt
to the following:
bw = delivered / max(send_phase_rtt, ack_phase_rtt)
In large-scale experiments, this filtering approach incorporating
send_phase_rtt is effective at avoiding bandwidth overestimates due to
ACK compression or stretched ACKs.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor the TCP min_rtt code to reuse the new win_minmax library in
lib/win_minmax.c to simplify the TCP code.
This is a pure refactor: the functionality is exactly the same. We
just moved the windowed min code to make TCP easier to read and
maintain, and to allow other parts of the kernel to use the windowed
min/max filter code.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2016-09-19
Here's the main bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.9 kernel.
- Added new messages for monitor sockets for better mgmt tracing
- Added local name and appearance support in scan response
- Added new Qualcomm WCNSS SMD based HCI driver
- Minor fixes & cleanup to 802.15.4 code
- New USB ID to btusb driver
- Added Marvell support to HCI UART driver
- Add combined LED trigger for controller power
- Other minor fixes here and there
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables prepending appearance value to scan response data.
It also adds support for setting appearance value through mgmt command.
If currently advertised instance has apperance flag set it is expired
immediately.
Signed-off-by: Michał Narajowski <michal.narajowski@codecoup.pl>
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@codecoup.pl>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
While the subsystem version information are purely informational,
increase the minor number due to the addition of user channel and
management control monitoring suppport. It is helpful for debugging
purposes to see the version numbers change.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This command is used to retrieve the current state and basic
information of a controller. It is typically used right after
getting the response to the Read Controller Index List command
or an Index Added event (or its extended counterparts).
When any of the values in the EIR_Data field changes, the event
Extended Controller Information Changed will be used to inform
clients about the updated information.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Michał Narajowski <michal.narajowski@codecoup.pl>
Instead of keeping a version string around, use version and revision
numbers and then stringify them for use as module parameter.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of hiding everything behind a general managment events flag,
introduce indivdual flags that allow fine control over which events are
send to a given management channel.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This adds support for tracing all management commands and events via the
monitor interface.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This sends new notifications to the monitor support whenever a
management channel has been opened or closed. This allows tracing of
control channels really easily.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The mgmt version information will be also needed for the control
changell tracing feature. This provides a helper to pack them.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
To further allow unique identification and tracking of control socket,
store cookie and comm information when binding the socket.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Commit 5177a83827 ("Bluetooth: Add debugfs fields for hardware and
firmware info") introduced hci_set_hw_info() and hci_set_fw_info().
These functions use kvasprintf_const() but are not marked with a
__printf attribute. Adding such an attribute helps detecting issues
related to printf-formatting at build time.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Iooss <nicolas.iooss_linux@m4x.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch assigns the next free HCI device identifier to Bluetooth
devices based on the Qualcomm Shared Memory channels.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@sonymobile.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The led_trigger field in hci_dev should be conditional based on if
CONFIG_BT_LEDS is set or not.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This change replaces sk_buff_head struct in Qdiscs with new qdisc_skb_head.
Its similar to the skb_buff_head api, but does not use skb->prev pointers.
Qdiscs will commonly enqueue at the tail of a list and dequeue at head.
While skb_buff_head works fine for this, enqueue/dequeue needs to also
adjust the prev pointer of next element.
The ->prev pointer is not required for qdiscs so we can just leave
it undefined and avoid one cacheline write access for en/dequeue.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moves qdisc stat accouting to qdisc_dequeue_head.
The only direct caller of the __qdisc_dequeue_head version open-codes
this now.
This allows us to later use __qdisc_dequeue_head as a replacement
of __skb_dequeue() (which operates on sk_buff_head list).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make ip6_route_input_lookup available outside of ipv6 the module
similar to ip_route_input_noref in the IPv4 world.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* MU-MIMO sniffer support in mac80211
* a create_singlethread_workqueue() cleanup
* interface dump filtering that was documented but not implemented
* support for the new radiotap timestamp field
* send delBA in two unexpected conditions (as required by the spec)
* connect keys cleanups - allow only WEP with index 0-3
* per-station aggregation limit to work around broken APs
* debugfs improvement for the integrated codel algorithm
and various other small improvements and cleanups.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=s1MY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-09-16' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
This time we have various things - all across the board:
* MU-MIMO sniffer support in mac80211
* a create_singlethread_workqueue() cleanup
* interface dump filtering that was documented but not implemented
* support for the new radiotap timestamp field
* send delBA in two unexpected conditions (as required by the spec)
* connect keys cleanups - allow only WEP with index 0-3
* per-station aggregation limit to work around broken APs
* debugfs improvement for the integrated codel algorithm
and various other small improvements and cleanups.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_outq_flush return value is meaningless now, this patch is
to make sctp_outq_flush return void, as well as sctp_outq_fail
and sctp_outq_uncork.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Last patch "sctp: do not return the transmit err back to sctp_sendmsg"
made sctp_primitive_SEND return err only when asoc state is unavailable.
In this case, chunks are not enqueued, they have no chance to be freed if
we don't take care of them later.
This Patch is actually to revert commit 1cd4d5c432 ("sctp: remove the
unused sctp_datamsg_free()"), commit 69b5777f2e ("sctp: hold the chunks
only after the chunk is enqueued in outq") and commit 8b570dc9f7 ("sctp:
only drop the reference on the datamsg after sending a msg"), to use
sctp_datamsg_free to free the chunks of current msg.
Fixes: 8b570dc9f7 ("sctp: only drop the reference on the datamsg after sending a msg")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to gre, vxlan, geneve tunnels allow IPIP6 and IP6IP6 tunnels
to operate in 'collect metadata' mode.
Unlike ipv4 code here it's possible to reuse ip6_tnl_xmit() function
for both collect_md and traditional tunnels.
bpf_skb_[gs]et_tunnel_key() helpers and ovs (in the future) are the users.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to gre, vxlan, geneve tunnels allow IPIP tunnels to
operate in 'collect metadata' mode.
bpf_skb_[gs]et_tunnel_key() helpers can make use of it right away.
ovs can use it as well in the future (once appropriate ovs-vport
abstractions and user apis are added).
Note that just like in other tunnels we cannot cache the dst,
since tunnel_info metadata can be different for every packet.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No longer used after e0d56fdd73 ("net: l3mdev: remove redundant calls")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function actually operates on u32 yet its paramteres were declared
as u16, causing integer truncation upon calling.
Note in patch context that ADDIP_SERIAL_SIGN_BIT is already 32 bits.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A malicious TCP receiver, sending SACK, can force the sender to split
skbs in write queue and increase its memory usage.
Then, when socket is closed and its write queue purged, we might
overflow sk_forward_alloc (It becomes negative)
sk_mem_reclaim() does nothing in this case, and more than 2GB
are leaked from TCP perspective (tcp_memory_allocated is not changed)
Then warnings trigger from inet_sock_destruct() and
sk_stream_kill_queues() seeing a not zero sk_forward_alloc
All TCP stack can be stuck because TCP is under memory pressure.
A simple fix is to preemptively reclaim from sk_mem_uncharge().
This makes sure a socket wont have more than 2 MB forward allocated,
after burst and idle period.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a few places where an IE that matches not only the EID, but
also other bytes inside the element, needs to be found. To simplify
that and reduce the amount of similar code, implement a new helper
function to match the EID and an extra array of bytes.
Additionally, simplify cfg80211_find_vendor_ie() by using the new
match function.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for the 2-bytes Qualcomm tag that gigabit switches such as
the QCA8337/N might insert when receiving packets, or that we need
to insert while targeting specific switch ports. The tag is inserted
directly behind the ethernet header.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action is intended to be an upgrade from a usability perspective
from pedit (as well as operational debugability).
Compare this:
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:2 \
action pedit munge offset -14 u8 set 0x02 \
munge offset -13 u8 set 0x15 \
munge offset -12 u8 set 0x15 \
munge offset -11 u8 set 0x15 \
munge offset -10 u16 set 0x1515 \
pipe
to:
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:2 \
action skbmod dmac 02:15:15:15:15:15
Also try to do a MAC address swap with pedit or worse
try to debug a policy with destination mac, source mac and
etherype. Then make few rules out of those and you'll get my point.
In the future common use cases on pedit can be migrated to this action
(as an example different fields in ip v4/6, transports like tcp/udp/sctp
etc). For this first cut, this allows modifying basic ethernet header.
The most important ethernet use case at the moment is when redirecting or
mirroring packets to a remote machine. The dst mac address needs a re-write
so that it doesnt get dropped or confuse an interconnecting (learning) switch
or dropped by a target machine (which looks at the dst mac). And at times
when flipping back the packet a swap of the MAC addresses is needed.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on consecutive msdu failures, mac80211 triggers CQM packet-loss
mechanism. Drivers like ath10k that have its own connection monitoring
algorithm, offloaded to firmware for triggering station kickout. In case
of station kickout, driver will report low ack status by mac80211 API
(ieee80211_report_low_ack).
This flag will enable the driver to completely rely on firmware events
for station kickout and bypass mac80211 packet loss mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No drivers implement this, relying either on the recursive
directory removal to remove their debugfs, or not having any
to start with. Remove the dead driver callback.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Endianess fix for the new nf_tables netlink trace infrastructure,
NFTA_TRACE_POLICY endianess was not correct, patch from Liping Zhang.
2) Fix broken re-route after userspace queueing in nf_tables route
chain. This patch is large but it is simple since it is just getting
this code in sync with iptable_mangle. Also from Liping.
3) NAT mangling via ctnetlink lies to userspace when nf_nat_setup_info()
fails to setup the NAT conntrack extension. This problem has been
there since the beginning, but it can now show up after rhashtable
conversion.
4) Fix possible NULL pointer dereference due to failures in allocating
the synproxy and seqadj conntrack extensions, from Gao feng.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When memory is exhausted, nfct_seqadj_ext_add may fail to add the
synproxy and seqadj extensions. The function nf_ct_seqadj_init doesn't
check if get valid seqadj pointer by the nfct_seqadj.
Now drop the packet directly when fail to add seqadj extension to
avoid dereference NULL pointer in nf_ct_seqadj_init from
init_conntrack().
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dcbx.c
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig
All conflicts were cases of overlapping commits.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hash_v6 is used by both nftables and ip6tables, so depend on
IP6_NF_IPTABLES is not properly.
Actually, it only parses ipv6hdr and computes a hash value, so
even if IPV6 is disabled, there's no side effect too, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This is overly conservative and not flexible at all, so better let them
go through and let the filtering policy decide what to do with them. We
use skb_header_pointer() all over the place so we would just fail to
match when trying to access fields from malformed traffic.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Consolidate pktinfo setup and validation by using the new generic
functions so we converge to the netdev family codebase.
We only need a linear IPv4 and IPv6 header from the reject expression,
so move nft_bridge_iphdr_validate() and nft_bridge_ip6hdr_validate()
to net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
These functions are extracted from the netdev family, they initialize
the pktinfo structure and validate that the IPv4 and IPv6 headers are
well-formed given that these functions are called from a path where
layer 3 sanitization did not happen yet.
These functions are placed in include/net/netfilter/nf_tables_ipv{4,6}.h
so they can be reused by a follow up patch to use them from the bridge
family too.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Make sure the pktinfo protocol fields are initialized if this fails to
parse the transport header.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch introduces nft_set_pktinfo_unspec() that ensures proper
initialization all of pktinfo fields for non-IP traffic. This is used
by the bridge, netdev and arp families.
This new function relies on nft_set_pktinfo_proto_unspec() to set a new
tprot_set field that indicates if transport protocol information is
available. Remain fields are zeroed.
The meta expression has been also updated to check to tprot_set in first
place given that zero is a valid tprot value. Even a handcrafted packet
may come with the IPPROTO_RAW (255) protocol number so we can't rely on
this value as tprot unset.
Reported-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use the existing device timestamp from the RX status information
to add support for the new radiotap timestamp field. Currently
only 32-bit counters are supported, but we also add the radiotap
mactime where applicable. This new field allows more flexibility
in where the timestamp is taken etc. The non-timestamp data in
the field is taken from a new field in the hw struct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ability to change the max_rx_aggregation frames is useful
in cases of IOP.
There exist some devices (latest mobile phones and some AP's)
that tend to not respect a BA sessions maximum size (in Kbps).
These devices won't respect the AMPDU size that was negotiated during
association (even though they do respect the maximal number of packets).
This violation is characterized by a valid number of packets in
a single AMPDU. Even so, the total size will exceed the size negotiated
during association.
Eventually, this will cause some undefined behavior, which in turn
causes the hw to drop packets, causing the throughput to plummet.
This patch will make the subframe limitation to be held by each station,
instead of being held only by hw.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cfg80211 expects the .disconnect() handler to call
cfg80211_disconnect() when done. Make this requirement
more explicit.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Flip the IPv6 output path to use the l3mdev tx out hook. The VRF dst
is not returned on the first FIB lookup. Instead, the dst on the
skb is switched at the beginning of the IPv6 output processing to
send the packet to the VRF driver on xmit.
Link scope addresses (linklocal and multicast) need special handling:
specifically the oif the flow struct can not be changed because we
want the lookup tied to the enslaved interface. ie., the source address
and the returned route MUST point to the interface scope passed in.
Convert the existing vrf_get_rt6_dst to handle only link scope addresses.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow an L3 master device to act as the loopback for that L3 domain.
For IPv4 the device can also have the address 127.0.0.1.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the infrastructure to the output path to pass an skb
to an l3mdev device if it has a hook registered. This is the Tx parallel
to l3mdev_ip{6}_rcv in the receive path and is the basis for removing
the existing hook that returns the vrf dst on the fib lookup.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add l3mdev hook to set FLOWI_FLAG_SKIP_NH_OIF flag and update oif/iif
in flow struct if its oif or iif points to a device enslaved to an L3
Master device. Only 1 needs to be converted to match the l3mdev FIB
rule. This moves the flow adjustment for l3mdev to a single point
catching all lookups. It is redundant for existing hooks (those are
removed in later patches) but is needed for missed lookups such as
PMTU updates.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action could be used before redirecting packets to a shared tunnel
device, or when redirecting packets arriving from a such a device.
The action will release the metadata created by the tunnel device
(decap), or set the metadata with the specified values for encap
operation.
For example, the following flower filter will forward all ICMP packets
destined to 11.11.11.2 through the shared vxlan device 'vxlan0'. Before
redirecting, a metadata for the vxlan tunnel is created using the
tunnel_key action and it's arguments:
$ tc filter add dev net0 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower \
ip_proto 1 \
dst_ip 11.11.11.2 \
action tunnel_key set \
src_ip 11.11.0.1 \
dst_ip 11.11.0.2 \
id 11 \
action mirred egress redirect dev vxlan0
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract __ip_tun_set_dst() and __ipv6_tun_set_dst() out of
ip_tun_rx_dst() and ipv6_tun_rx_dst(), to be used without supplying an
skb.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add utility functions to convert a 32 bits key into a 64 bits tunnel and
vice versa.
These functions will be used instead of cloning code in GRE and VXLAN,
and in tc act_iptunnel which will be introduced in a following patch in
this patchset.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIVAwUAV9FCuvSw1s6N8H32AQKo5w/8CySGsorFk67/QiQGdBt+URd8cxR2NuvF
i3P7Kbo30ycJO7Q4Uc4DvO3kTqWiNMbXWVgGLfA64HDFojjuuXfQdFwf98FZ2WtQ
OxQUV5fzSPFwlDktd5nWm5qTCdv7+lIvBCVsEPuX2pSkc7HesiYMsZt2ilOac9Ho
Meon2/S1oq3hctZv2DTiaI+Ae8YBMar7GSUfylRGa2TkXCgG8eYcjGyGigLJ2F03
e+/8w6+jtrW5hASCJPI9re+qiYgmnYa7UVpwrVjM1dVOYYZfmU02Jq6HgW9bSd24
MYk6neksMGVpQbVmAbj5/MmxUg98q8UpY9ygt2IWP4UvGNDYBGCiSbfyQoTnoWUP
02k3E6HnFfs8SPbxuNmA4uB2BHL2y87+G8u1g0IUZkT8i3zFwLd01UBwJqB23tYE
EIRAad1xWwGaSJGyFgsmry1RJsitSUAG9w/68Ni1IMQxsHsIROTz6TNBki1tMcOh
AAsbj4iJ0rJ2Ca/Xbk9kAdPzEr85ZA3Za5BwA9ZDwZjmt2X1RrzuK9gIaKB8hsWS
zVjRjpvSOaTyx97rtEVfkT310GMGYC5r9ba+kE4ukGeHWKRVkMk5tkADZw9RFKdf
ubXN/zyfv4YABHHUIfQn5UgHHmxl4GpN0CD+cY7hPtmB9J2wvsadckqrzBOFIQL+
dg7jZAb+fjc=
=GfEj
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-rewrite-20160908' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Rewrite data and ack handling
This patch set constitutes the main portion of the AF_RXRPC rewrite. It
consists of five fix/helper patches:
(1) Fix ASSERTCMP's and ASSERTIFCMP's handling of signed values.
(2) Update some protocol definitions slightly.
(3) Use of an hlist for RCU purposes.
(4) Removal of per-call sk_buff accounting (not really needed when skbs
aren't being queued on the main queue).
(5) Addition of a tracepoint to log incoming packets in the data_ready
callback and to log the end of the data_ready callback.
And then there are two patches that form the main part:
(6) Preallocation of resources for incoming calls so that in patch (7) the
data_ready handler can be made to fully instantiate an incoming call
and make it live. This extends through into AFS so that AFS can
preallocate its own incoming call resources.
The preallocation size is capped at the listen() backlog setting - and
that is capped at a sysctl limit which can be set between 4 and 32.
The preallocation is (re)charged either by accepting/rejecting pending
calls or, in the case of AFS, manually. If insufficient preallocation
resources exist, a BUSY packet will be transmitted.
The advantage of using this preallocation is that once a call is set
up in the data_ready handler, DATA packets can be queued on it
immediately rather than the DATA packets being queued for a background
work item to do all the allocation and then try and sort out the DATA
packets whilst other DATA packets may still be coming in and going
either to the background thread or the new call.
(7) Rewrite the handling of DATA, ACK and ABORT packets.
In the receive phase, DATA packets are now held in per-call circular
buffers with deduplication, out of sequence detection and suchlike
being done in data_ready. Since there is only one producer and only
once consumer, no locks need be used on the receive queue.
Received ACK and ABORT packets are now parsed and discarded in
data_ready to recycle resources as fast as possible.
sk_buffs are no longer pulled, trimmed or cloned, but rather the
offset and size of the content is tracked. This particularly affects
jumbo DATA packets which need insertion into the receive buffer in
multiple places. Annotations are kept to track which bit is which.
Packets are no longer queued on the socket receive queue; rather,
calls are queued. Dummy packets to convey events therefore no longer
need to be invented and metadata packets can be discarded as soon as
parsed rather then being pushed onto the socket receive queue to
indicate terminal events.
The preallocation facility added in (6) is now used to set up incoming
calls with very little locking required and no calls to the allocator
in data_ready.
Decryption and verification is now handled in recvmsg() rather than in
a background thread. This allows for the future possibility of
decrypting directly into the user buffer.
With this patch, the code is a lot simpler and most of the mass of
call event and state wangling code in call_event.c is gone.
With this, the majority of the AF_RXRPC rewrite is complete. However,
there are still things to be done, including:
(*) Limit the number of active service calls to prevent an attacker from
filling up a server's memory.
(*) Limit the number of calls on the rebuff-with-BUSY queue.
(*) Transmit delayed/deferred ACKs from recvmsg() if possible, rather than
punting to the background thread. Ideally, the background thread
shouldn't run at all, but data_ready can't call kernel_sendmsg() and
we can't rely on recvmsg() attending to the call in a timely fashion.
(*) Prevent the call at the front of the socket queue from hogging
recvmsg()'s attention if there's a sufficiently continuous supply of
data.
(*) Distribute ICMP errors by connection rather than by call. Possibly
parse the ICMP packet to try and pin down the exact connection and
call.
(*) Encrypt/decrypt directly between user buffers and socket buffers where
possible.
(*) IPv6.
(*) Service ID upgrade. This is a facility whereby a special flag bit is
set in the DATA packet header when making a call that tells the server
that it is allowed to change the service ID to an upgraded one and
reply with an equivalent call from the upgraded service.
This is used, for example, to override certain AFS calls so that IPv6
addresses can be returned.
(*) Allow userspace to preallocate call user IDs for incoming calls.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit adf0516845 ("netfilter: remove ip_conntrack* sysctl
compat code"), ctl_table_path member in struct nf_conntrack_l3proto{}
is not used anymore, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Over the years, TCP BDP has increased by several orders of magnitude,
and some people are considering to reach the 2 Gbytes limit.
Even with current window scale limit of 14, ~1 Gbytes maps to ~740,000
MSS.
In presence of packet losses (or reorders), TCP stores incoming packets
into an out of order queue, and number of skbs sitting there waiting for
the missing packets to be received can be in the 10^5 range.
Most packets are appended to the tail of this queue, and when
packets can finally be transferred to receive queue, we scan the queue
from its head.
However, in presence of heavy losses, we might have to find an arbitrary
point in this queue, involving a linear scan for every incoming packet,
throwing away cpu caches.
This patch converts it to a RB tree, to get bounded latencies.
Yaogong wrote a preliminary patch about 2 years ago.
Eric did the rebase, added ofo_last_skb cache, polishing and tests.
Tested with network dropping between 1 and 10 % packets, with good
success (about 30 % increase of throughput in stress tests)
Next step would be to also use an RB tree for the write queue at sender
side ;)
Signed-off-by: Yaogong Wang <wygivan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Acked-By: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
ipsec-next 2016-09-08
1) Constify the xfrm_replay structures. From Julia Lawall
2) Protect xfrm state hash tables with rcu, lookups
can be done now without acquiring xfrm_state_lock.
From Florian Westphal.
3) Protect xfrm policy hash tables with rcu, lookups
can be done now without acquiring xfrm_policy_lock.
From Florian Westphal.
4) We don't need to have a garbage collector list per
namespace anymore, so use a global one instead.
From Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rewrite the data and ack handling code such that:
(1) Parsing of received ACK and ABORT packets and the distribution and the
filing of DATA packets happens entirely within the data_ready context
called from the UDP socket. This allows us to process and discard ACK
and ABORT packets much more quickly (they're no longer stashed on a
queue for a background thread to process).
(2) We avoid calling skb_clone(), pskb_pull() and pskb_trim(). We instead
keep track of the offset and length of the content of each packet in
the sk_buff metadata. This means we don't do any allocation in the
receive path.
(3) Jumbo DATA packet parsing is now done in data_ready context. Rather
than cloning the packet once for each subpacket and pulling/trimming
it, we file the packet multiple times with an annotation for each
indicating which subpacket is there. From that we can directly
calculate the offset and length.
(4) A call's receive queue can be accessed without taking locks (memory
barriers do have to be used, though).
(5) Incoming calls are set up from preallocated resources and immediately
made live. They can than have packets queued upon them and ACKs
generated. If insufficient resources exist, DATA packet #1 is given a
BUSY reply and other DATA packets are discarded).
(6) sk_buffs no longer take a ref on their parent call.
To make this work, the following changes are made:
(1) Each call's receive buffer is now a circular buffer of sk_buff
pointers (rxtx_buffer) rather than a number of sk_buff_heads spread
between the call and the socket. This permits each sk_buff to be in
the buffer multiple times. The receive buffer is reused for the
transmit buffer.
(2) A circular buffer of annotations (rxtx_annotations) is kept parallel
to the data buffer. Transmission phase annotations indicate whether a
buffered packet has been ACK'd or not and whether it needs
retransmission.
Receive phase annotations indicate whether a slot holds a whole packet
or a jumbo subpacket and, if the latter, which subpacket. They also
note whether the packet has been decrypted in place.
(3) DATA packet window tracking is much simplified. Each phase has just
two numbers representing the window (rx_hard_ack/rx_top and
tx_hard_ack/tx_top).
The hard_ack number is the sequence number before base of the window,
representing the last packet the other side says it has consumed.
hard_ack starts from 0 and the first packet is sequence number 1.
The top number is the sequence number of the highest-numbered packet
residing in the buffer. Packets between hard_ack+1 and top are
soft-ACK'd to indicate they've been received, but not yet consumed.
Four macros, before(), before_eq(), after() and after_eq() are added
to compare sequence numbers within the window. This allows for the
top of the window to wrap when the hard-ack sequence number gets close
to the limit.
Two flags, RXRPC_CALL_RX_LAST and RXRPC_CALL_TX_LAST, are added also
to indicate when rx_top and tx_top point at the packets with the
LAST_PACKET bit set, indicating the end of the phase.
(4) Calls are queued on the socket 'receive queue' rather than packets.
This means that we don't need have to invent dummy packets to queue to
indicate abnormal/terminal states and we don't have to keep metadata
packets (such as ABORTs) around
(5) The offset and length of a (sub)packet's content are now passed to
the verify_packet security op. This is currently expected to decrypt
the packet in place and validate it.
However, there's now nowhere to store the revised offset and length of
the actual data within the decrypted blob (there may be a header and
padding to skip) because an sk_buff may represent multiple packets, so
a locate_data security op is added to retrieve these details from the
sk_buff content when needed.
(6) recvmsg() now has to handle jumbo subpackets, where each subpacket is
individually secured and needs to be individually decrypted. The code
to do this is broken out into rxrpc_recvmsg_data() and shared with the
kernel API. It now iterates over the call's receive buffer rather
than walking the socket receive queue.
Additional changes:
(1) The timers are condensed to a single timer that is set for the soonest
of three timeouts (delayed ACK generation, DATA retransmission and
call lifespan).
(2) Transmission of ACK and ABORT packets is effected immediately from
process-context socket ops/kernel API calls that cause them instead of
them being punted off to a background work item. The data_ready
handler still has to defer to the background, though.
(3) A shutdown op is added to the AF_RXRPC socket so that the AFS
filesystem can shut down the socket and flush its own work items
before closing the socket to deal with any in-progress service calls.
Future additional changes that will need to be considered:
(1) Make sure that a call doesn't hog the front of the queue by receiving
data from the network as fast as userspace is consuming it to the
exclusion of other calls.
(2) Transmit delayed ACKs from within recvmsg() when we've consumed
sufficiently more packets to avoid the background work item needing to
run.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Make it possible for the data_ready handler called from the UDP transport
socket to completely instantiate an rxrpc_call structure and make it
immediately live by preallocating all the memory it might need. The idea
is to cut out the background thread usage as much as possible.
[Note that the preallocated structs are not actually used in this patch -
that will be done in a future patch.]
If insufficient resources are available in the preallocation buffers, it
will be possible to discard the DATA packet in the data_ready handler or
schedule a BUSY packet without the need to schedule an attempt at
allocation in a background thread.
To this end:
(1) Preallocate rxrpc_peer, rxrpc_connection and rxrpc_call structs to a
maximum number each of the listen backlog size. The backlog size is
limited to a maxmimum of 32. Only this many of each can be in the
preallocation buffer.
(2) For userspace sockets, the preallocation is charged initially by
listen() and will be recharged by accepting or rejecting pending
new incoming calls.
(3) For kernel services {,re,dis}charging of the preallocation buffers is
handled manually. Two notifier callbacks have to be provided before
kernel_listen() is invoked:
(a) An indication that a new call has been instantiated. This can be
used to trigger background recharging.
(b) An indication that a call is being discarded. This is used when
the socket is being released.
A function, rxrpc_kernel_charge_accept() is called by the kernel
service to preallocate a single call. It should be passed the user ID
to be used for that call and a callback to associate the rxrpc call
with the kernel service's side of the ID.
(4) Discard the preallocation when the socket is closed.
(5) Temporarily bump the refcount on the call allocated in
rxrpc_incoming_call() so that rxrpc_release_call() can ditch the
preallocation ref on service calls unconditionally. This will no
longer be necessary once the preallocation is used.
Note that this does not yet control the number of active service calls on a
client - that will come in a later patch.
A future development would be to provide a setsockopt() call that allows a
userspace server to manually charge the preallocation buffer. This would
allow user call IDs to be provided in advance and the awkward manual accept
stage to be bypassed.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Add a tracepoint for working out where local aborts happen. Each
tracepoint call is labelled with a 3-letter code so that they can be
distinguished - and the DATA sequence number is added too where available.
rxrpc_kernel_abort_call() also takes a 3-letter code so that AFS can
indicate the circumstances when it aborts a call.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
When deleting an IP address from an interface, there is a clean-up of
routes which refer to this local address. However, there was no check to
see that the VRF matched. This meant that deletion wasn't confined to
the VRF it should have been.
To solve this, a new field has been added to fib_info to hold a table
id. When removing fib entries corresponding to a local ip address, this
table id is also used in the comparison.
The table id is populated when the fib_info is created. This was already
done in some places, but not in ip_rt_ioctl(). This has now been fixed.
Fixes: 021dd3b8a1 ("net: Add routes to the table associated with the device")
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Tomlinson <mark.tomlinson@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree. Most relevant updates are the removal of per-conntrack timers to
use a workqueue/garbage collection approach instead from Florian
Westphal, the hash and numgen expression for nf_tables from Laura
Garcia, updates on nf_tables hash set to honor the NLM_F_EXCL flag,
removal of ip_conntrack sysctl and many other incremental updates on our
Netfilter codebase.
More specifically, they are:
1) Retrieve only 4 bytes to fetch ports in case of non-linear skb
transport area in dccp, sctp, tcp, udp and udplite protocol
conntrackers, from Gao Feng.
2) Missing whitespace on error message in physdev match, from Hangbin Liu.
3) Skip redundant IPv4 checksum calculation in nf_dup_ipv4, from Liping Zhang.
4) Add nf_ct_expires() helper function and use it, from Florian Westphal.
5) Replace opencoded nf_ct_kill() call in IPVS conntrack support, also
from Florian.
6) Rename nf_tables set implementation to nft_set_{name}.c
7) Introduce the hash expression to allow arbitrary hashing of selector
concatenations, from Laura Garcia Liebana.
8) Remove ip_conntrack sysctl backward compatibility code, this code has
been around for long time already, and we have two interfaces to do
this already: nf_conntrack sysctl and ctnetlink.
9) Use nf_conntrack_get_ht() helper function whenever possible, instead
of opencoding fetch of hashtable pointer and size, patch from Liping Zhang.
10) Add quota expression for nf_tables.
11) Add number generator expression for nf_tables, this supports
incremental and random generators that can be combined with maps,
very useful for load balancing purpose, again from Laura Garcia Liebana.
12) Fix a typo in a debug message in FTP conntrack helper, from Colin Ian King.
13) Introduce a nft_chain_parse_hook() helper function to parse chain hook
configuration, this is used by a follow up patch to perform better chain
update validation.
14) Add rhashtable_lookup_get_insert_key() to rhashtable and use it from the
nft_set_hash implementation to honor the NLM_F_EXCL flag.
15) Missing nulls check in nf_conntrack from nf_conntrack_tuple_taken(),
patch from Florian Westphal.
16) Don't use the DYING bit to know if the conntrack event has been already
delivered, instead a state variable to track event re-delivery
states, also from Florian.
17) Remove the per-conntrack timer, use the workqueue approach that was
discussed during the NFWS, from Florian Westphal.
18) Use the netlink conntrack table dump path to kill stale entries,
again from Florian.
19) Add a garbage collector to get rid of stale conntracks, from
Florian.
20) Reschedule garbage collector if eviction rate is high.
21) Get rid of the __nf_ct_kill_acct() helper.
22) Use ARPHRD_ETHER instead of hardcoded 1 from ARP logger.
23) Make nf_log_set() interface assertive on unsupported families.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now we use the 'readlock' both for protecting some of the af_unix
IO path and for making the bind be single-threaded.
The two are independent, but using the same lock makes for a nasty
deadlock due to ordering with regards to filesystem locking. The bind
locking would want to nest outside the VSF pathname locking, but the IO
locking wants to nest inside some of those same locks.
We tried to fix this earlier with commit c845acb324 ("af_unix: Fix
splice-bind deadlock") which moved the readlock inside the vfs locks,
but that caused problems with overlayfs that will then call back into
filesystem routines that take the lock in the wrong order anyway.
Splitting the locks means that we can go back to having the bind lock be
the outermost lock, and we don't have any deadlocks with lock ordering.
Acked-by: Rainer Weikusat <rweikusat@cyberadapt.com>
Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the retun value of switchdev_port_fdb_dump() when
CONFIG_NET_SWITCHDEV is not set. This avoids getting "warning: return makes
integer from pointer without a cast [-Wint-conversion]" when building
when CONFIG_NET_SWITCHDEV is not set under several compiler versions.
This warning is due to commit d297653dd6
("rtnetlink: fdb dump: optimize by saving last interface markers").
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <rami.rosen@intel.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Access the priv member of the dsa_switch structure directly, instead of
having an unnecessary helper.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fdb dumps spanning multiple skb's currently restart from the first
interface again for every skb. This results in unnecessary
iterations on the already visited interfaces and their fdb
entries. In large scale setups, we have seen this to slow
down fdb dumps considerably. On a system with 30k macs we
see fdb dumps spanning across more than 300 skbs.
To fix the problem, this patch replaces the existing single fdb
marker with three markers: netdev hash entries, netdevs and fdb
index to continue where we left off instead of restarting from the
first netdev. This is consistent with link dumps.
In the process of fixing the performance issue, this patch also
re-implements fix done by
commit 472681d57a ("net: ndo_fdb_dump should report -EMSGSIZE to rtnl_fdb_dump")
(with an internal fix from Wilson Kok) in the following ways:
- change ndo_fdb_dump handlers to return error code instead
of the last fdb index
- use cb->args strictly for dump frag markers and not error codes.
This is consistent with other dump functions.
Below results were taken on a system with 1000 netdevs
and 35085 fdb entries:
before patch:
$time bridge fdb show | wc -l
15065
real 1m11.791s
user 0m0.070s
sys 1m8.395s
(existing code does not return all macs)
after patch:
$time bridge fdb show | wc -l
35085
real 0m2.017s
user 0m0.113s
sys 0m1.942s
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Wilson Kok <wkok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the const for the parameter of flow_keys_have_l4 for the readability.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't expose skbs to in-kernel users, such as the AFS filesystem, but
instead provide a notification hook the indicates that a call needs
attention and another that indicates that there's a new call to be
collected.
This makes the following possibilities more achievable:
(1) Call refcounting can be made simpler if skbs don't hold refs to calls.
(2) skbs referring to non-data events will be able to be freed much sooner
rather than being queued for AFS to pick up as rxrpc_kernel_recv_data
will be able to consult the call state.
(3) We can shortcut the receive phase when a call is remotely aborted
because we don't have to go through all the packets to get to the one
cancelling the operation.
(4) It makes it easier to do encryption/decryption directly between AFS's
buffers and sk_buffs.
(5) Encryption/decryption can more easily be done in the AFS's thread
contexts - usually that of the userspace process that issued a syscall
- rather than in one of rxrpc's background threads on a workqueue.
(6) AFS will be able to wait synchronously on a call inside AF_RXRPC.
To make this work, the following interface function has been added:
int rxrpc_kernel_recv_data(
struct socket *sock, struct rxrpc_call *call,
void *buffer, size_t bufsize, size_t *_offset,
bool want_more, u32 *_abort_code);
This is the recvmsg equivalent. It allows the caller to find out about the
state of a specific call and to transfer received data into a buffer
piecemeal.
afs_extract_data() and rxrpc_kernel_recv_data() now do all the extraction
logic between them. They don't wait synchronously yet because the socket
lock needs to be dealt with.
Five interface functions have been removed:
rxrpc_kernel_is_data_last()
rxrpc_kernel_get_abort_code()
rxrpc_kernel_get_error_number()
rxrpc_kernel_free_skb()
rxrpc_kernel_data_consumed()
As a temporary hack, sk_buffs going to an in-kernel call are queued on the
rxrpc_call struct (->knlrecv_queue) rather than being handed over to the
in-kernel user. To process the queue internally, a temporary function,
temp_deliver_data() has been added. This will be replaced with common code
between the rxrpc_recvmsg() path and the kernel_rxrpc_recv_data() path in a
future patch.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB support to the DSA layer.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today mpls iptunnel lwtunnel_output redirect expects the tunnel
output function to handle fragmentation. This is ok but can be
avoided if we did not do the mpls output redirect too early.
ie we could wait until ip fragmentation is done and then call
mpls output for each ip fragment.
To make this work we will need,
1) the lwtunnel state to carry encap headroom
2) and do the redirect to the encap output handler on the ip fragment
(essentially do the output redirect after fragmentation)
This patch adds tunnel headroom in lwtstate to make sure we
account for tunnel data in mtu calculations during fragmentation
and adds new xmit redirect handler to redirect to lwtunnel xmit func
after ip fragmentation.
This includes IPV6 and some mtu fixes and testing from David Ahern.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Allow nf_tables reject expression from input, forward and output hooks,
since only there the routing information is available, otherwise we crash.
2) Fix unsafe list iteration when flushing timeout and accouting objects.
3) Fix refcount leak on timeout policy parsing failure.
4) Unlink timeout object for unconfirmed conntracks too
5) Missing validation of pkttype mangling from bridge family.
6) Fix refcount leak on ebtables on second lookup for the specific
bridge match extension, this patch from Sabrina Dubroca.
7) Remove unnecessary ip_hdr() in nf_tables_netdev family.
Patches from 1-5 and 7 from Liping Zhang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* revert a recent wext patch, which Ben Hutchings noticed was
wrong, and it turns out not to be necessary for any driver
* fix an infinite loop that can occur under certain conditions
in mac80211's TDLS code (depending on regulatory information)
* add a cfg80211_get_station() static inline when cfg80211 isn't
built, to allow other modules to not have to depend on it for it
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=dFzv
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-08-30' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Three little fixes:
* revert a recent wext patch, which Ben Hutchings noticed was
wrong, and it turns out not to be necessary for any driver
* fix an infinite loop that can occur under certain conditions
in mac80211's TDLS code (depending on regulatory information)
* add a cfg80211_get_station() static inline when cfg80211 isn't
built, to allow other modules to not have to depend on it for it
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass struct socket * to more rxrpc kernel interface functions. They should
be starting from this rather than the socket pointer in the rxrpc_call
struct if they need to access the socket.
I have left:
rxrpc_kernel_is_data_last()
rxrpc_kernel_get_abort_code()
rxrpc_kernel_get_error_number()
rxrpc_kernel_free_skb()
rxrpc_kernel_data_consumed()
unmodified as they're all about to be removed (and, in any case, don't
touch the socket).
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Provide a function so that kernel users, such as AFS, can ask for the peer
address of a call:
void rxrpc_kernel_get_peer(struct rxrpc_call *call,
struct sockaddr_rxrpc *_srx);
In the future the kernel service won't get sk_buffs to look inside.
Further, this allows us to hide any canonicalisation inside AF_RXRPC for
when IPv6 support is added.
Also propagate this through to afs_find_server() and issue a warning if we
can't handle the address family yet.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
The nf_log_set is an interface function, so it should do the strict sanity
check of parameters. Convert the return value of nf_log_set as int instead
of void. When the pf is invalid, return -EOPNOTSUPP.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After timer removal this just calls nf_ct_delete so remove the __ prefix
version and make nf_ct_kill a shorthand for nf_ct_delete.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
With stats enabled this eats 80 bytes on x86_64 per nf_conn entry, as
Eric Dumazet pointed out during netfilter workshop 2016.
Eric also says: "Another reason was the fact that Thomas was about to
change max timer range [..]" (500462a9de, 'timers: Switch to
a non-cascading wheel').
Remove the timer and use a 32bit jiffies value containing timestamp until
entry is valid.
During conntrack lookup, even before doing tuple comparision, check
the timeout value and evict the entry in case it is too old.
The dying bit is used as a synchronization point to avoid races where
multiple cpus try to evict the same entry.
Because lookup is always lockless, we need to bump the refcnt once
when we evict, else we could try to evict already-dead entry that
is being recycled.
This is the standard/expected way when conntrack entries are destroyed.
Followup patches will introduce garbage colliction via work queue
and further places where we can reap obsoleted entries (e.g. during
netlink dumps), this is needed to avoid expired conntracks from hanging
around for too long when lookup rate is low after a busy period.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The reliable event delivery mode currently (ab)uses the DYING bit to
detect which entries on the dying list have to be skipped when
re-delivering events from the eache worker in reliable event mode.
Currently when we delete the conntrack from main table we only set this
bit if we could also deliver the netlink destroy event to userspace.
If we fail we move it to the dying list, the ecache worker will
reattempt event delivery for all confirmed conntracks on the dying list
that do not have the DYING bit set.
Once timer is gone, we can no longer use if (del_timer()) to detect
when we 'stole' the reference count owned by the timer/hash entry, so
we need some other way to avoid racing with other cpu.
Pablo suggested to add a marker in the ecache extension that skips
entries that have been unhashed from main table but are still waiting
for the last reference count to be dropped (e.g. because one skb waiting
on nfqueue verdict still holds a reference).
We do this by adding a tristate.
If we fail to deliver the destroy event, make a note of this in the
eache extension. The worker can then skip all entries that are in
a different state. Either they never delivered a destroy event,
e.g. because the netlink backend was not loaded, or redelivery took
place already.
Once the conntrack timer is removed we will now be able to replace
del_timer() test with test_and_set_bit(DYING, &ct->status) to avoid
racing with other cpu that tries to evict the same conntrack.
Because DYING will then be set right before we report the destroy event
we can no longer skip event reporting when dying bit is set.
Suggested-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This allows modules using this function (currently: batman-adv) to
compile even if cfg80211 is not built at all, thus relaxing
dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When TCP operates in lossy environments (between 1 and 10 % packet
losses), many SACK blocks can be exchanged, and I noticed we could
drop them on busy senders, if these SACK blocks have to be queued
into the socket backlog.
While the main cause is the poor performance of RACK/SACK processing,
we can try to avoid these drops of valuable information that can lead to
spurious timeouts and retransmits.
Cause of the drops is the skb->truesize overestimation caused by :
- drivers allocating ~2048 (or more) bytes as a fragment to hold an
Ethernet frame.
- various pskb_may_pull() calls bringing the headers into skb->head
might have pulled all the frame content, but skb->truesize could
not be lowered, as the stack has no idea of each fragment truesize.
The backlog drops are also more visible on bidirectional flows, since
their sk_rmem_alloc can be quite big.
Let's add some room for the backlog, as only the socket owner
can selectively take action to lower memory needs, like collapsing
receive queues or partial ofo pruning.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kcm and strparser need to work with any type of stream socket not just
TCP. Eliminate references to TCP and call generic proto_ops functions of
read_sock and peek_len. Also in strp_init check if the socket support
the proto_ops read_sock and peek_len.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In inet_stream_ops we set read_sock to tcp_read_sock and peek_len to
tcp_peek_len (which is just a stub function that calls tcp_inq).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new function in proto_ops structure. This includes moving the
typedef got sk_read_actor into net.h and removing the definition from
tcp.h.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
switchdev_port_fwd_mark_set() is used to set the 'offload_fwd_mark' of
port netdevs so that packets being flooded by the device won't be
flooded twice.
It works by assigning a unique identifier (the ifindex of the first
bridge port) to bridge ports sharing the same parent ID. This prevents
packets from being flooded twice by the same switch, but will flood
packets through bridge ports belonging to a different switch.
This method is problematic when stacked devices are taken into account,
such as VLANs. In such cases, a physical port netdev can have upper
devices being members in two different bridges, thus requiring two
different 'offload_fwd_mark's to be configured on the port netdev, which
is impossible.
The main problem is that packet and netdev marking is performed at the
physical netdev level, whereas flooding occurs between bridge ports,
which are not necessarily port netdevs.
Instead, packet and netdev marking should really be done in the bridge
driver with the switch driver only telling it which packets it already
forwarded. The bridge driver will mark such packets using the mark
assigned to the ingress bridge port and will prevent the packet from
being forwarded through any bridge port sharing the same mark (i.e.
having the same parent ID).
Remove the current switchdev 'offload_fwd_mark' implementation and
instead implement the proposed method. In addition, make rocker - the
sole user of the mark - use the proposed method.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unused and useless priv_size member from struct devlink_ops.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the NLM_F_EXCL flag is set, then new elements that clash with an
existing one return EEXIST. In case you try to add an element whose
data area differs from what we have, then this returns EBUSY. If no
flag is specified at all, then this returns success to userspace.
This patch also update the set insert operation so we can fetch the
existing element that clashes with the one you want to add, we need
this to make sure the element data doesn't differ.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
per_cpu_inc() is faster (at least on x86) than per_cpu_ptr(xxx)++;
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"meta pkttype set" is only supported on prerouting chain with bridge
family and ingress chain with netdev family.
But the validate check is incomplete, and the user can add the nft
rules on input chain with bridge family, for example:
# nft add table bridge filter
# nft add chain bridge filter input {type filter hook input \
priority 0 \;}
# nft add chain bridge filter test
# nft add rule bridge filter test meta pkttype set unicast
# nft add rule bridge filter input jump test
This patch fixes the problem.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After I add the nft rule "nft add rule filter prerouting reject
with tcp reset", kernel panic happened on my system:
NULL pointer dereference at ...
IP: [<ffffffff81b9db2f>] nf_send_reset+0xaf/0x400
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81b9da80>] ? nf_reject_ip_tcphdr_get+0x160/0x160
[<ffffffffa0928061>] nft_reject_ipv4_eval+0x61/0xb0 [nft_reject_ipv4]
[<ffffffffa08e836a>] nft_do_chain+0x1fa/0x890 [nf_tables]
[<ffffffffa08e8170>] ? __nft_trace_packet+0x170/0x170 [nf_tables]
[<ffffffffa06e0900>] ? nf_ct_invert_tuple+0xb0/0xc0 [nf_conntrack]
[<ffffffffa07224d4>] ? nf_nat_setup_info+0x5d4/0x650 [nf_nat]
[...]
Because in the PREROUTING chain, routing information is not exist,
then we will dereference the NULL pointer and oops happen.
So we restrict reject expression to INPUT, FORWARD and OUTPUT chain.
This is consistent with iptables REJECT target.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers
as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops,
uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel.
No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like:
s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g
However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their
dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be
deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework.
In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to
make it happy with this patch:
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops"
#403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470:
+ if (ops == NULL) {
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings"
#773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697:
+ if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL)
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats"
#824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785:
+ if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL)
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count"
#835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798:
+ if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL)
total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 5b8ef3415a
("xfrm: Remove ancient sleeping when the SA is in acquire state")
gc does not need any per-netns data anymore.
As far as gc is concerned all state structs are the same, so we
can use a global work struct for it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
We no longer use this handler, we can delete it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we no longer use SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU for UDP,
we do not need sk_prot_clear_portaddr_nulls() helper.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements SOCK_DESTROY for UDP sockets similar to what was done
for TCP with commit c1e64e298b ("net: diag: Support destroying TCP
sockets.") A process with a UDP socket targeted for destroy is awakened
and recvmsg fails with ECONNABORTED.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TFO_SERVER_WO_SOCKOPT2 was intended for debugging purposes during
Fast Open development. Remove this config option and also
update/clean-up the documentation of the Fast Open sysctl.
Reported-by: Piotr Jurkiewicz <piotr.jerzy.jurkiewicz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the upper layer unpauses a stream parser connection we need to
queue rx_work to make sure no events are missed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA drivers may drive different families of switches which need
different tag protocol. Rather than hard code the tag protocol in the
driver structure, have a callback for the DSA core to call.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 22dc13c837 ("net_sched: convert tcf_exts from list to pointer array")
we do dynamic allocation in tcf_exts_init(), therefore we need
to handle the ENOMEM case properly.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for allowing switch drivers to implement system-wide
suspend/resume functions, export dsa_switch_suspend and
dsa_switch_resume() such that these are callable from the appropriate
driver specific suspend/resume functions.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As recently discussed during the task_under_cgroup_hierarchy() addition,
we should get rid of the ifdefs surrounding the bpf_skb_under_cgroup()
helper. If related functionality is not built-in, the helper cannot be
used anyway, which is also in line with what we do for all other helpers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When tcp_sendmsg() allocates a fresh and empty skb, it puts it at the
tail of the write queue using tcp_add_write_queue_tail()
Then it attempts to copy user data into this fresh skb.
If the copy fails, we undo the work and remove the fresh skb.
Unfortunately, this undo lacks the change done to tp->highest_sack and
we can leave a dangling pointer (to a freed skb)
Later, tcp_xmit_retransmit_queue() can dereference this pointer and
access freed memory. For regular kernels where memory is not unmapped,
this might cause SACK bugs because tcp_highest_sack_seq() is buggy,
returning garbage instead of tp->snd_nxt, but with various debug
features like CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC, this can crash the kernel.
This bug was found by Marco Grassi thanks to syzkaller.
Fixes: 6859d49475 ("[TCP]: Abstract tp->highest_sack accessing & point to next skb")
Reported-by: Marco Grassi <marco.gra@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current vlan push action supports only vid and protocol options.
Add priority option.
Example script that adds vlan push action with vid and
priority:
tc filter add dev veth0 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower \
indev veth0 \
action vlan push id 100 priority 5
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add vlan priority check to the flow dissector by adding new flow
dissector struct, flow_dissector_key_vlan which includes vlan tag
fields.
vlan_id and flow_label fields were under the same struct
(flow_dissector_key_tags). It was a convenient setting since struct
flow_dissector_key_tags is used by struct flow_keys and by setting
vlan_id and flow_label under the same struct, we get precisely 24 or 48
bytes in flow_keys from flow_dissector_key_basic.
Now, when adding vlan priority support, the code will be cleaner if
flow_label and vlan tag won't be under the same struct anymore.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor overlapping changes for both merge conflicts.
Resolution work done by Stephen Rothwell was used
as a reference.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Buffers powersave frame test is reversed in cfg80211, fix from Felix
Fietkau.
2) Remove bogus WARN_ON in openvswitch, from Jarno Rajahalme.
3) Fix some tg3 ethtool logic bugs, and one that would cause no
interrupts to be generated when rx-coalescing is set to 0. From
Satish Baddipadige and Siva Reddy Kallam.
4) QLCNIC mailbox corruption and napi budget handling fix from Manish
Chopra.
5) Fix fib_trie logic when walking the trie during /proc/net/route
output than can access a stale node pointer. From David Forster.
6) Several sctp_diag fixes from Phil Sutter.
7) PAUSE frame handling fixes in mlxsw driver from Ido Schimmel.
8) Checksum fixup fixes in bpf from Daniel Borkmann.
9) Memork leaks in nfnetlink, from Liping Zhang.
10) Use after free in rxrpc, from David Howells.
11) Use after free in new skb_array code of macvtap driver, from Jason
Wang.
12) Calipso resource leak, from Colin Ian King.
13) mediatek bug fixes (missing stats sync init, etc.) from Sean Wang.
14) Fix bpf non-linear packet write helpers, from Daniel Borkmann.
15) Fix lockdep splats in macsec, from Sabrina Dubroca.
16) hv_netvsc bug fixes from Vitaly Kuznetsov, mostly to do with VF
handling.
17) Various tc-action bug fixes, from CONG Wang.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (116 commits)
net_sched: allow flushing tc police actions
net_sched: unify the init logic for act_police
net_sched: convert tcf_exts from list to pointer array
net_sched: move tc offload macros to pkt_cls.h
net_sched: fix a typo in tc_for_each_action()
net_sched: remove an unnecessary list_del()
net_sched: remove the leftover cleanup_a()
mlxsw: spectrum: Allow packets to be trapped from any PG
mlxsw: spectrum: Unmap 802.1Q FID before destroying it
mlxsw: spectrum: Add missing rollbacks in error path
mlxsw: reg: Fix missing op field fill-up
mlxsw: spectrum: Trap loop-backed packets
mlxsw: spectrum: Add missing packet traps
mlxsw: spectrum: Mark port as active before registering it
mlxsw: spectrum: Create PVID vPort before registering netdevice
mlxsw: spectrum: Remove redundant errors from the code
mlxsw: spectrum: Don't return upon error in removal path
i40e: check for and deal with non-contiguous TCs
ixgbe: Re-enable ability to toggle VLAN filtering
ixgbe: Force VLNCTRL.VFE to be set in all VMDq paths
...
Adapt KCM to use the stream parser. This mostly involves removing
the RX handling and setting up the strparser using the interface.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces a utility for parsing application layer protocol
messages in a TCP stream. This is a generalization of the mechanism
implemented of Kernel Connection Multiplexor.
The API includes a context structure, a set of callbacks, utility
functions, and a data ready function.
A stream parser instance is defined by a strparse structure that
is bound to a TCP socket. The function to initialize the structure
is:
int strp_init(struct strparser *strp, struct sock *csk,
struct strp_callbacks *cb);
csk is the TCP socket being bound to and cb are the parser callbacks.
The upper layer calls strp_tcp_data_ready when data is ready on the lower
socket for strparser to process. This should be called from a data_ready
callback that is set on the socket:
void strp_tcp_data_ready(struct strparser *strp);
A parser is bound to a TCP socket by setting data_ready function to
strp_tcp_data_ready so that all receive indications on the socket
go through the parser. This is assumes that sk_user_data is set to
the strparser structure.
There are four callbacks.
- parse_msg is called to parse the message (returns length or error).
- rcv_msg is called when a complete message has been received
- read_sock_done is called when data_ready function exits
- abort_parser is called to abort the parser
The input to parse_msg is an skbuff which contains next message under
construction. The backend processing of parse_msg will parse the
application layer protocol headers to determine the length of
the message in the stream. The possible return values are:
>0 : indicates length of successfully parsed message
0 : indicates more data must be received to parse the message
-ESTRPIPE : current message should not be processed by the
kernel, return control of the socket to userspace which
can proceed to read the messages itself
other < 0 : Error is parsing, give control back to userspace
assuming that synchronzation is lost and the stream
is unrecoverable (application expected to close TCP socket)
In the case of error return (< 0) strparse will stop the parser
and report and error to userspace. The application must deal
with the error. To handle the error the strparser is unbound
from the TCP socket. If the error indicates that the stream
TCP socket is at recoverable point (ESTRPIPE) then the application
can read the TCP socket to process the stream. Once the application
has dealt with the exceptions in the stream, it may again bind the
socket to a strparser to continue data operations.
Note that ENODATA may be returned to the application. In this case
parse_msg returned -ESTRPIPE, however strparser was unable to maintain
synchronization of the stream (i.e. some of the message in question
was already read by the parser).
strp_pause and strp_unpause are used to provide flow control. For
instance, if rcv_msg is called but the upper layer can't immediately
consume the message it can hold the message and pause strparser.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As pointed out by Jamal, an action could be shared by
multiple filters, so we can't use list to chain them
any more after we get rid of the original tc_action.
Instead, we could just save pointers to these actions
in tcf_exts, since they are refcount'ed, so convert
the list to an array of pointers.
The "ugly" part is the action API still accepts list
as a parameter, I just introduce a helper function to
convert the array of pointers to a list, instead of
relying on the C99 feature to iterate the array.
Fixes: a85a970af2 ("net_sched: move tc_action into tcf_common")
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct tcf_exts belongs to filters, should not be visible
to plain tc actions.
Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is harmless because all users pass 'a' to this macro.
Fixes: 00175aec94 ("net/sched: Macro instead of CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT ifdef")
Cc: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 64b87639c9 ("netfilter: conntrack: fix race between
nf_conntrack proc read and hash resize") introduce the
nf_conntrack_get_ht, so there's no need to check nf_conntrack_generation
again and again to get the hash table and hash size. And convert
nf_conntrack_get_ht to inline function here.
Suggested-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Ensure that the inner_protocol is set on transmit so that GSO segmentation,
which relies on that field, works correctly.
This is achieved by setting the inner_protocol in gre_build_header rather
than each caller of that function. It ensures that the inner_protocol is
set when gre_fb_xmit() is used to transmit GRE which was not previously the
case.
I have observed this is not the case when OvS transmits GRE using
lwtunnel metadata (which it always does).
Fixes: 3872035241 ("gre: Use inner_proto to obtain inner header protocol")
Cc: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Use struct gre_base_hdr directly in pptp_gre_header instead of
duplicated members;
2. Use existing macros like GRE_KEY, GRE_SEQ, and so on instead of
duplicated macros defined by PPTP;
3. Add new macros like GRE_IS_ACK/SEQ and so on instead of
PPTP_GRE_IS_A/S and so on;
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Reviewed-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the correct type __wsum to csum_sub() and csum_add(). This doesn't
really change anything since __wsum really *is* __be32, but removes the
address space warnings from sparse.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 34ae6a1aa0 ("ipv6: update skb->csum when CE mark is propagated")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This backward compatibility has been around for more than ten years,
since Yasuyuki Kozakai introduced IPv6 in conntrack. These days, we have
alternate /proc/net/nf_conntrack* entries, the ctnetlink interface and
the conntrack utility got adopted by many people in the user community
according to what I observed on the netfilter user mailing list.
So let's get rid of this.
Note that nf_conntrack_htable_size and unsigned int nf_conntrack_max do
not need to be exported as symbol anymore.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After earlier patches conversions all spots acquire the writer lock and
we can now convert this to a normal spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The PPTP is encapsulated by GRE header with that GRE_VERSION bits
must contain one. But current GRE RPS needs the GRE_VERSION must be
zero. So RPS does not work for PPTP traffic.
In my test environment, there are four MIPS cores, and all traffic
are passed through by PPTP. As a result, only one core is 100% busy
while other three cores are very idle. After this patch, the usage
of four cores are balanced well.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Reviewed-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the per-device linked list into a hashtable. The primary
motivation for this change is that currently, we're not tracking all the
qdiscs in hierarchy (e.g. excluding default qdiscs), as the lookup
performed over the linked list by qdisc_match_from_root() is rather
expensive.
The ultimate goal is to get rid of hidden qdiscs completely, which will
bring much more determinism in user experience.
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
push the lock down, after earlier patches we can rely on rcu to
make sure state struct won't go away.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The xfrm_replay structures are never modified, so declare them as const.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
After commit 0ddcf43d5d ("ipv4: FIB Local/MAIN table collapse")
fib_local is set but not used. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fix 80+80 bandwidth warning
* fix powersave with mac80211 TXQ implementation
* use correct way to free SKBs from multicast buffering
* mesh: fix operation ordering to work with all drivers
* mesh: end service period even when peer goes away
* mesh: correct HT opmode validity checks
* pass hw pointer from mac80211 to driver in TPT method,
fixing a bug (in a bit the wrong way, but that's what
we have right now)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=4hWm
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-08-05' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
First set of fixes for the current cycle:
* fix 80+80 bandwidth warning
* fix powersave with mac80211 TXQ implementation
* use correct way to free SKBs from multicast buffering
* mesh: fix operation ordering to work with all drivers
* mesh: end service period even when peer goes away
* mesh: correct HT opmode validity checks
* pass hw pointer from mac80211 to driver in TPT method,
fixing a bug (in a bit the wrong way, but that's what
we have right now)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- New vsock device support in host and guest
- Platform IOMMU support in host and guest,
including compatibility quirks for legacy systems.
- Misc fixes and cleanups.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXofvbAAoJECgfDbjSjVRpUTIH/iEoK9h636tBayXy0PXkPby0
6fMaRFy6H1HgEttgDhJE8Pqg/ba3qaW9Em0fHyFq7Mp2waFHAZ8hAT8phC6TAK3c
CIBnfzyyuI8u3N9SnNOfelPVcwCBfuALuuTsXB/rwKbYQEVv+U5Rdt3Vyx9+lXkj
P005klz7PfqxFhQrrnj4Eh7VawtHwmMuLH8YoWpCZpM71dHPo6eL+3ftKwhH2boo
qK86uVprwba03Pewpm13vQnotemfVfUUkjXd4EJpG3dx7E0KZosuj0ZG9OV8mPGQ
Cl2gBdUhocdJgeUnAHmf6tumYi9KFlYfy6xLy44YMmN7FL3E9nQjaKZp25UKfiM=
=ztIm
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost
Pull virtio/vhost updates from Michael Tsirkin:
- new vsock device support in host and guest
- platform IOMMU support in host and guest, including compatibility
quirks for legacy systems.
- misc fixes and cleanups.
* tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost:
VSOCK: Use kvfree()
vhost: split out vringh Kconfig
vhost: detect 32 bit integer wrap around
vhost: new device IOTLB API
vhost: drop vringh dependency
vhost: convert pre sorted vhost memory array to interval tree
vhost: introduce vhost memory accessors
VSOCK: Add Makefile and Kconfig
VSOCK: Introduce vhost_vsock.ko
VSOCK: Introduce virtio_transport.ko
VSOCK: Introduce virtio_vsock_common.ko
VSOCK: defer sock removal to transports
VSOCK: transport-specific vsock_transport functions
vhost: drop vringh dependency
vop: pull in vhost Kconfig
virtio: new feature to detect IOMMU device quirk
balloon: check the number of available pages in leak balloon
vhost: lockless enqueuing
vhost: simplify work flushing
Inside the kafs filesystem it is possible to occasionally have a call
processed and terminated before we've had a chance to check whether we need
to clean up the rx queue for that call because afs_send_simple_reply() ends
the call when it is done, but this is done in a workqueue item that might
happen to run to completion before afs_deliver_to_call() completes.
Further, it is possible for rxrpc_kernel_send_data() to be called to send a
reply before the last request-phase data skb is released. The rxrpc skb
destructor is where the ACK processing is done and the call state is
advanced upon release of the last skb. ACK generation is also deferred to
a work item because it's possible that the skb destructor is not called in
a context where kernel_sendmsg() can be invoked.
To this end, the following changes are made:
(1) kernel_rxrpc_data_consumed() is added. This should be called whenever
an skb is emptied so as to crank the ACK and call states. This does
not release the skb, however. kernel_rxrpc_free_skb() must now be
called to achieve that. These together replace
rxrpc_kernel_data_delivered().
(2) kernel_rxrpc_data_consumed() is wrapped by afs_data_consumed().
This makes afs_deliver_to_call() easier to work as the skb can simply
be discarded unconditionally here without trying to work out what the
return value of the ->deliver() function means.
The ->deliver() functions can, via afs_data_complete(),
afs_transfer_reply() and afs_extract_data() mark that an skb has been
consumed (thereby cranking the state) without the need to
conditionally free the skb to make sure the state is correct on an
incoming call for when the call processor tries to send the reply.
(3) rxrpc_recvmsg() now has to call kernel_rxrpc_data_consumed() when it
has finished with a packet and MSG_PEEK isn't set.
(4) rxrpc_packet_destructor() no longer calls rxrpc_hard_ACK_data().
Because of this, we no longer need to clear the destructor and put the
call before we free the skb in cases where we don't want the ACK/call
state to be cranked.
(5) The ->deliver() call-type callbacks are made to return -EAGAIN rather
than 0 if they expect more data (afs_extract_data() returns -EAGAIN to
the delivery function already), and the caller is now responsible for
producing an abort if that was the last packet.
(6) There are many bits of unmarshalling code where:
ret = afs_extract_data(call, skb, last, ...);
switch (ret) {
case 0: break;
case -EAGAIN: return 0;
default: return ret;
}
is to be found. As -EAGAIN can now be passed back to the caller, we
now just return if ret < 0:
ret = afs_extract_data(call, skb, last, ...);
if (ret < 0)
return ret;
(7) Checks for trailing data and empty final data packets has been
consolidated as afs_data_complete(). So:
if (skb->len > 0)
return -EBADMSG;
if (!last)
return 0;
becomes:
ret = afs_data_complete(call, skb, last);
if (ret < 0)
return ret;
(8) afs_transfer_reply() now checks the amount of data it has against the
amount of data desired and the amount of data in the skb and returns
an error to induce an abort if we don't get exactly what we want.
Without these changes, the following oops can occasionally be observed,
particularly if some printks are inserted into the delivery path:
general protection fault: 0000 [#1] SMP
Modules linked in: kafs(E) af_rxrpc(E) [last unloaded: af_rxrpc]
CPU: 0 PID: 1305 Comm: kworker/u8:3 Tainted: G E 4.7.0-fsdevel+ #1303
Hardware name: ASUS All Series/H97-PLUS, BIOS 2306 10/09/2014
Workqueue: kafsd afs_async_workfn [kafs]
task: ffff88040be041c0 ti: ffff88040c070000 task.ti: ffff88040c070000
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff8108fd3c>] [<ffffffff8108fd3c>] __lock_acquire+0xcf/0x15a1
RSP: 0018:ffff88040c073bc0 EFLAGS: 00010002
RAX: 6b6b6b6b6b6b6b6b RBX: 0000000000000000 RCX: ffff88040d29a710
RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: 0000000000000000 RDI: ffff88040d29a710
RBP: ffff88040c073c70 R08: 0000000000000001 R09: 0000000000000001
R10: 0000000000000001 R11: 0000000000000000 R12: 0000000000000000
R13: 0000000000000000 R14: ffff88040be041c0 R15: ffffffff814c928f
FS: 0000000000000000(0000) GS:ffff88041fa00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
CR2: 00007fa4595f4750 CR3: 0000000001c14000 CR4: 00000000001406f0
Stack:
0000000000000006 000000000be04930 0000000000000000 ffff880400000000
ffff880400000000 ffffffff8108f847 ffff88040be041c0 ffffffff81050446
ffff8803fc08a920 ffff8803fc08a958 ffff88040be041c0 ffff88040c073c38
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff8108f847>] ? mark_held_locks+0x5e/0x74
[<ffffffff81050446>] ? __local_bh_enable_ip+0x9b/0xa1
[<ffffffff8108f9ca>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x16d/0x189
[<ffffffff810915f4>] lock_acquire+0x122/0x1b6
[<ffffffff810915f4>] ? lock_acquire+0x122/0x1b6
[<ffffffff814c928f>] ? skb_dequeue+0x18/0x61
[<ffffffff81609dbf>] _raw_spin_lock_irqsave+0x35/0x49
[<ffffffff814c928f>] ? skb_dequeue+0x18/0x61
[<ffffffff814c928f>] skb_dequeue+0x18/0x61
[<ffffffffa009aa92>] afs_deliver_to_call+0x344/0x39d [kafs]
[<ffffffffa009ab37>] afs_process_async_call+0x4c/0xd5 [kafs]
[<ffffffffa0099e9c>] afs_async_workfn+0xe/0x10 [kafs]
[<ffffffff81063a3a>] process_one_work+0x29d/0x57c
[<ffffffff81064ac2>] worker_thread+0x24a/0x385
[<ffffffff81064878>] ? rescuer_thread+0x2d0/0x2d0
[<ffffffff810696f5>] kthread+0xf3/0xfb
[<ffffffff8160a6ff>] ret_from_fork+0x1f/0x40
[<ffffffff81069602>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x1cf/0x1cf
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The variable is added to allow the driver an easy access to
it's own hw->priv when the op is invoked.
This fixes a crash in wlcore because it was relying on a
station pointer that wasn't initialized yet. It's the wrong
way to fix the crash, but it solves the problem for now and
it does make sense to have the hw pointer here.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com>
[rewrite commit message, fix indentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There was only one use of __initdata_refok and __exit_refok
__init_refok was used 46 times against 82 for __ref.
Those definitions are obsolete since commit 312b1485fb ("Introduce new
section reference annotations tags: __ref, __refdata, __refconst")
This patch removes the following compatibility definitions and replaces
them treewide.
/* compatibility defines */
#define __init_refok __ref
#define __initdata_refok __refdata
#define __exit_refok __ref
I can also provide separate patches if necessary.
(One patch per tree and check in 1 month or 2 to remove old definitions)
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1466796271-3043-1-git-send-email-fabf@skynet.be
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This module contains the common code and header files for the following
virtio_transporto and vhost_vsock kernel modules.
Signed-off-by: Asias He <asias@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Claudio Imbrenda <imbrenda@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
The virtio transport will implement graceful shutdown and the related
SO_LINGER socket option. This requires orphaning the sock but keeping
it in the table of connections after .release().
This patch adds the vsock_remove_sock() function and leaves it up to the
transport when to remove the sock.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
struct vsock_transport contains function pointers called by AF_VSOCK
core code. The transport may want its own transport-specific function
pointers and they can be added after struct vsock_transport.
Allow the transport to fetch vsock_transport. It can downcast it to
access transport-specific function pointers.
The virtio transport will use this.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Prior to this patch, sctp defined TCP_CLOSING as SCTP_SS_CLOSING.
TCP_CLOSING is such a special sk state in TCP that inet common codes
even exclude it.
For instance, inet_accept thinks the accept sk's state never be
TCP_CLOSING, or it will give a WARN_ON. TCP works well with that
while SCTP may trigger the call trace, as CLOSING state in SCTP
has different meaning from TCP.
This fix is to change to use TCP_CLOSE_WAIT as SCTP_SS_CLOSING,
instead of TCP_CLOSING. Some side-effects could be expected,
regardless of not being used before. inet_accept will accept it
now.
I did all the func_tests in lksctp-tools and ran sctp codnomicon
fuzzer tests against this patch, no regression or failure found.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull security subsystem updates from James Morris:
"Highlights:
- TPM core and driver updates/fixes
- IPv6 security labeling (CALIPSO)
- Lots of Apparmor fixes
- Seccomp: remove 2-phase API, close hole where ptrace can change
syscall #"
* 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/linux-security: (156 commits)
apparmor: fix SECURITY_APPARMOR_HASH_DEFAULT parameter handling
tpm: Add TPM 2.0 support to the Nuvoton i2c driver (NPCT6xx family)
tpm: Factor out common startup code
tpm: use devm_add_action_or_reset
tpm2_i2c_nuvoton: add irq validity check
tpm: read burstcount from TPM_STS in one 32-bit transaction
tpm: fix byte-order for the value read by tpm2_get_tpm_pt
tpm_tis_core: convert max timeouts from msec to jiffies
apparmor: fix arg_size computation for when setprocattr is null terminated
apparmor: fix oops, validate buffer size in apparmor_setprocattr()
apparmor: do not expose kernel stack
apparmor: fix module parameters can be changed after policy is locked
apparmor: fix oops in profile_unpack() when policy_db is not present
apparmor: don't check for vmalloc_addr if kvzalloc() failed
apparmor: add missing id bounds check on dfa verification
apparmor: allow SYS_CAP_RESOURCE to be sufficient to prlimit another task
apparmor: use list_next_entry instead of list_entry_next
apparmor: fix refcount race when finding a child profile
apparmor: fix ref count leak when profile sha1 hash is read
apparmor: check that xindex is in trans_table bounds
...
After the previous patch, struct tc_action should be enough
to represent the generic tc action, tcf_common is not necessary
any more. This patch gets rid of it to make tc action code
more readable.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct tc_action is confusing, currently we use it for two purposes:
1) Pass in arguments and carry out results from helper functions
2) A generic representation for tc actions
The first one is error-prone, since we need to make sure we don't
miss anything. This patch aims to get rid of this use, by moving
tc_action into tcf_common, so that they are allocated together
in hashtable and can be cast'ed easily.
And together with the following patch, we could really make
tc_action a generic representation for all tc actions and each
type of action can inherit from it.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT isn't set 'struct tcf_exts' has no member named
'actions' and we therefore must not access it. Otherwise compilation
fails.
Fix this by introducing a new macro similar to tc_no_actions(), which
always returns 'false' if CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT isn't set.
Fixes: 763b4b70af ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add support in matchall mirror TC offloading")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix clang build warning:
./include/net/gtp.h:1:9: warning: '_GTP_H_' is used as a header
guard here, followed by #define of a different macro [-Wheader-guard]
fix by defining _GTP_H_ and not _GTP_H
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The helper function is_tcf_mirred_mirror helps finding whether an action
struct is of type mirred and is configured to be of type mirror.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following the work that have been done on offloading classifiers like u32
and flower, now the match-all classifier hw offloading is possible. if
the interface supports tc offloading.
To control the offloading, two tc flags have been introduced: skip_sw and
skip_hw. Typical usage:
tc filter add dev eth25 parent ffff: \
matchall skip_sw \
action mirred egress mirror \
dev eth27
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next,
they are:
1) Count pre-established connections as active in "least connection"
schedulers such that pre-established connections to avoid overloading
backend servers on peak demands, from Michal Kubecek via Simon Horman.
2) Address a race condition when resizing the conntrack table by caching
the bucket size when fulling iterating over the hashtable in these
three possible scenarios: 1) dump via /proc/net/nf_conntrack,
2) unlinking userspace helper and 3) unlinking custom conntrack timeout.
From Liping Zhang.
3) Revisit early_drop() path to perform lockless traversal on conntrack
eviction under stress, use del_timer() as synchronization point to
avoid two CPUs evicting the same entry, from Florian Westphal.
4) Move NAT hlist_head to nf_conn object, this simplifies the existing
NAT extension and it doesn't increase size since recent patches to
align nf_conn, from Florian.
5) Use rhashtable for the by-source NAT hashtable, also from Florian.
6) Don't allow --physdev-is-out from OUTPUT chain, just like
--physdev-out is not either, from Hangbin Liu.
7) Automagically set on nf_conntrack counters if the user tries to
match ct bytes/packets from nftables, from Liping Zhang.
8) Remove possible_net_t fields in nf_tables set objects since we just
simply pass the net pointer to the backend set type implementations.
9) Fix possible off-by-one in h323, from Toby DiPasquale.
10) early_drop() may be called from ctnetlink patch, so we must hold
rcu read size lock from them too, this amends Florian's patch #3
coming in this batch, from Liping Zhang.
11) Use binary search to validate jump offset in x_tables, this
addresses the O(n!) validation that was introduced recently
resolve security issues with unpriviledge namespaces, from Florian.
12) Fix reference leak to connlabel in error path of nft_ct, from Zhang.
13) Three updates for nft_log: Fix log prefix leak in error path. Bail
out on loglevel larger than debug in nft_log and set on the new
NF_LOG_F_COPY_LEN flag when snaplen is specified. Again from Zhang.
14) Allow to filter rule dumps in nf_tables based on table and chain
names.
15) Simplify connlabel to always use 128 bits to store labels and
get rid of unused function in xt_connlabel, from Florian.
16) Replace set_expect_timeout() by mod_timer() from the h323 conntrack
helper, by Gao Feng.
17) Put back x_tables module reference in nft_compat on error, from
Liping Zhang.
18) Add a reference count to the x_tables extensions cache in
nft_compat, so we can remove them when unused and avoid a crash
if the extensions are rmmod, again from Zhang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The conntrack label extension is currently variable-sized, e.g. if
only 2 labels are used by iptables rules then the labels->bits[] array
will only contain one element.
We track size of each label storage area in the 'words' member.
But in nftables and openvswitch we always have to ask for worst-case
since we don't know what bit will be used at configuration time.
As most arches are 64bit we need to allocate 24 bytes in this case:
struct nf_conn_labels {
u8 words; /* 0 1 */
/* XXX 7 bytes hole, try to pack */
long unsigned bits[2]; /* 8 24 */
Make bits a fixed size and drop the words member, it simplifies
the code and only increases memory requirements on x86 when
less than 64bit labels are required.
We still only allocate the extension if its needed.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
so that the caller can update stats accordingly, if needed
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the first NFC pull request for 4.8. We have:
- A fairly large NFC digital stack patchset:
* RTOX fixes.
* Proper DEP RWT support.
* ACK and NACK PDUs handling fixes, in both initiator
and target modes.
* A few memory leak fixes.
- A conversion of the nfcsim driver to use the digital stack.
The driver supports the DEP protocol in both NFC-A and NFC-F.
- Error injection through debugfs for the nfcsim driver.
- Improvements to the port100 driver for the Sony USB chipset, in
particular to the command abort and cancellation code paths.
- A few minor fixes for the pn533, trf7970a and fdp drivers.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=yrVP
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-4.8-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
Samuel Ortiz says:
====================
NFC 4.8 pull request
This is the first NFC pull request for 4.8. We have:
- A fairly large NFC digital stack patchset:
* RTOX fixes.
* Proper DEP RWT support.
* ACK and NACK PDUs handling fixes, in both initiator
and target modes.
* A few memory leak fixes.
- A conversion of the nfcsim driver to use the digital stack.
The driver supports the DEP protocol in both NFC-A and NFC-F.
- Error injection through debugfs for the nfcsim driver.
- Improvements to the port100 driver for the Sony USB chipset, in
particular to the command abort and cancellation code paths.
- A few minor fixes for the pn533, trf7970a and fdp drivers.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add nf_ct_helper_init(), nf_conntrack_helpers_register() and
nf_conntrack_helpers_unregister() functions to avoid repetitive
opencoded initialization in helpers.
This patch keeps an id parameter for nf_ct_helper_init() not to break
helper matching by name that has been inconsistently exposed to
userspace through ports, eg. ftp-2121, and through an incremental id,
eg. tftp-1.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2016-07-19
Here's likely the last bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.8 kernel:
- Fix for L2CAP setsockopt
- Fix for is_suspending flag handling in btmrvl driver
- Addition of Bluetooth HW & FW info fields to debugfs
- Fix to use int instead of char for callback status.
The last one (from Geert Uytterhoeven) is actually not purely a
Bluetooth (or 802.15.4) patch, but it was agreed with other maintainers
that we take it through the bluetooth-next tree.
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This manages NCSI packages and channels:
* The available packages and channels are enumerated in the first
time of calling ncsi_start_dev(). The channels' capabilities are
probed in the meanwhile. The NCSI network topology won't change
until the NCSI device is destroyed.
* There in a queue in every NCSI device. The element in the queue,
channel, is waiting for configuration (bringup) or suspending
(teardown). The channel's state (inactive/active) indicates the
futher action (configuration or suspending) will be applied on the
channel. Another channel's state (invisible) means the requested
action is being applied.
* The hardware arbitration will be enabled if all available packages
and channels support it. All available channels try to provide
service when hardware arbitration is enabled. Otherwise, one channel
is selected as the active one at once.
* When channel is in active state, meaning it's providing service, a
timer started to retrieve the channe's link status. If the channel's
link status fails to be updated in the determined period, the channel
is going to be reconfigured. It's the error handling implementation
as defined in NCSI spec.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NCSI spec (DSP0222) defines several objects: package, channel, mode,
filter, version and statistics etc. This introduces the data structs
to represent those objects and implement functions to manage them.
Also, this introduces CONFIG_NET_NCSI for the newly implemented NCSI
stack.
* The user (e.g. netdev driver) dereference NCSI device by
"struct ncsi_dev", which is embedded to "struct ncsi_dev_priv".
The later one is used by NCSI stack internally.
* Every NCSI device can have multiple packages simultaneously, up
to 8 packages. It's represented by "struct ncsi_package" and
identified by 3-bits ID.
* Every NCSI package can have multiple channels, up to 32. It's
represented by "struct ncsi_channel" and identified by 5-bits ID.
* Every NCSI channel has version, statistics, various modes and
filters. They are represented by "struct ncsi_channel_version",
"struct ncsi_channel_stats", "struct ncsi_channel_mode" and
"struct ncsi_channel_filter" separately.
* Apart from AEN (Asynchronous Event Notification), the NCSI stack
works in terms of command and response. This introduces "struct
ncsi_req" to represent a complete NCSI transaction made of NCSI
request and response.
link: https://www.dmtf.org/sites/default/files/standards/documents/DSP0222_1.1.0.pdf
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new function for DSA drivers to handle the switchdev
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_AGEING_TIME attribute.
The ageing time is passed as milliseconds.
Also because we can have multiple logical bridges on top of a physical
switch and ageing time are switch-wide, call the driver function with
the fastest ageing time in use on the chip instead of the requested one.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switchdev value for the SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_AGEING_TIME
attribute is a clock_t and requires to use helpers such as
clock_t_to_jiffies() to convert to milliseconds.
Change ageing_time type from u32 to clock_t to make it explicit.
Fixes: f55ac58ae6 ("switchdev: add bridge ageing_time attribute")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This flag indicates whether fragmentation of segments is allowed.
Formerly this policy was hardcoded according to IPSKB_FORWARDED (set by
either ip_forward or ipmr_forward).
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some Bluetooth controllers allow for reading hardware and firmware
related vendor specific infos. If they are available, then they can be
exposed via debugfs now.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The protoypes for hci_recv_frame and hci_recv_diag are in the wrong
location in the header file. Move them close to all the other hci_dev
related exported functions.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This helper serves to know if two switchdev port netdevices belong to the
same HW ASIC, e.g to figure out if forwarding offload is possible between them.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Identifying address family operations during rx path is not something
expensive but it's ugly to the eye to have it done multiple times,
specially when we already validated it during initial rx processing.
This patch takes advantage of the now shared sctp_input_cb and make the
pointer to the operations readily available.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP will try to access original IP headers on sctp_recvmsg in order to
copy the addresses used. There are also other places that do similar access
to IP or even SCTP headers. But after 90017accff ("sctp: Add GSO
support") they aren't always there because they are only present in the
header skb.
SCTP handles the queueing of incoming data by cloning the incoming skb
and limiting to only the relevant payload. This clone has its cb updated
to something different and it's then queued on socket rx queue. Thus we
need to fix this in two moments.
For rx path, not related to socket queue yet, this patch uses a
partially copied sctp_input_cb to such GSO frags. This restores the
ability to access the headers for this part of the code.
Regarding the socket rx queue, it removes iif member from sctp_event and
also add a chunk pointer on it.
With these changes we're always able to reach the headers again.
The biggest change here is that now the sctp_chunk struct and the
original skb are only freed after the application consumed the buffer.
Note however that the original payload was already like this due to the
skb cloning.
For iif, SCTP's IPv4 code doesn't use it, so no change is necessary.
IPv6 now can fetch it directly from original's IPv6 CB as the original
skb is still accessible.
In the future we probably can simplify sctp_v*_skb_iif() stuff, as
sctp_v4_skb_iif() was called but it's return value not used, and now
it's not even called, but such cleanup is out of scope for this change.
Fixes: 90017accff ("sctp: Add GSO support")
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The next patch needs 8 bytes in there. sctp_ulpevent has a hole due to
bad alignment; msg_flags is using 4 bytes while it actually uses only 2, so
we shrink it, and iif member (4 bytes) which can be easily fetched from
another place once the next patch is there, so we remove it and thus
creating space for 8 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We process input path in other files too and having access to it is
nice, so move it to a header where it's shared.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2016-07-13
Here's our main bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.8 kernel:
- Fixes and cleanups in 802.15.4 and 6LoWPAN code
- Fix out of bounds issue in btmrvl driver
- Fixes to Bluetooth socket recvmsg return values
- Use crypto_cipher_encrypt_one() instead of crypto_skcipher
- Cleanup of Bluetooth connection sysfs interface
- New Authentication failure reson code for Disconnected mgmt event
- New USB IDs for Atheros, Qualcomm and Intel Bluetooth controllers
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dccp verifies packet integrity, including length, at initial rcv in
dccp_invalid_packet, later pulls headers in dccp_enqueue_skb.
A call to sk_filter in-between can cause __skb_pull to wrap skb->len.
skb_copy_datagram_msg interprets this as a negative value, so
(correctly) fails with EFAULT. The negative length is reported in
ioctl SIOCINQ or possibly in a DCCP_WARN in dccp_close.
Introduce an sk_receive_skb variant that caps how small a filter
program can trim packets, and call this in dccp with the header
length. Excessively trimmed packets are now processed normally and
queued for reception as 0B payloads.
Fixes: 7c657876b6 ("[DCCP]: Initial implementation")
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net tree.
they are:
1) Fix leak in the error path of nft_expr_init(), from Liping Zhang.
2) Tracing from nf_tables cannot be disabled, also from Zhang.
3) Fix an integer overflow on 32bit archs when setting the number of
hashtable buckets, from Florian Westphal.
4) Fix configuration of ipvs sync in backup mode with IPv6 address,
from Quentin Armitage via Simon Horman.
5) Fix incorrect timeout calculation in nft_ct NFT_CT_EXPIRATION,
from Florian Westphal.
6) Skip clash resolution in conntrack insertion races if NAT is in
place.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
prsctp PRIO policy is a policy to abandon lower priority chunks when
asoc doesn't have enough snd buffer, so that the current chunk with
higher priority can be queued successfully.
Similar to TTL/RTX policy, we will set the priority of the chunk to
prsctp_param with sinfo->sinfo_timetolive in sctp_set_prsctp_policy().
So if PRIO policy is enabled, msg->expire_at won't work.
asoc->sent_cnt_removable will record how many chunks can be checked to
remove. If priority policy is enabled, when the chunk is queued into
the out_queue, we will increase sent_cnt_removable. When the chunk is
moved to abandon_queue or dequeue and free, we will decrease
sent_cnt_removable.
In sctp_sendmsg, we will check if there is enough snd buffer for current
msg and if sent_cnt_removable is not 0. Then try to abandon chunks in
sctp_prune_prsctp when sendmsg from the retransmit/transmited queue, and
free chunks from out_queue in right order until the abandon+free size >
msg_len - sctp_wfree. For the abandon size, we have to wait until it
sends FORWARD TSN, receives the sack and the chunks are really freed.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
prsctp TTL policy is a policy to abandon chunks when they expire
at the specific time in local stack. It's similar with expires_at
in struct sctp_datamsg.
This patch uses sinfo->sinfo_timetolive to set the specific time for
TTL policy. sinfo->sinfo_timetolive is also used for msg->expires_at.
So if prsctp_enable or TTL policy is not enabled, msg->expires_at
still works as before.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds SCTP_PR_ASSOC_STATUS to sctp sockopt, which is used
to dump the prsctp statistics info from the asoc. The prsctp statistics
includes abandoned_sent/unsent from the asoc. abandoned_sent is the
count of the packets we drop packets from retransmit/transmited queue,
and abandoned_unsent is the count of the packets we drop from out_queue
according to the policy.
Note: another option for prsctp statistics dump described in rfc is
SCTP_PR_STREAM_STATUS, which is used to dump the prsctp statistics
info from each stream. But by now, linux doesn't yet have per stream
statistics info, it needs rfc6525 to be implemented. As the prsctp
statistics for each stream has to be based on per stream statistics,
we will delay it until rfc6525 is done in linux.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to section 4.5 of rfc7496, prsctp_enable should be per asoc.
We will add prsctp_enable to both asoc and ep, and replace the places
where it used net.sctp->prsctp_enable with asoc->prsctp_enable.
ep->prsctp_enable will be initialized with net.sctp->prsctp_enable, and
asoc->prsctp_enable will be initialized with ep->prsctp_enable. We can
also modify it's value through sockopt SCTP_PR_SUPPORTED.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can pass the netns pointer as parameter to the functions that need to
gain access to it. From basechains, I didn't find any client for this
field anymore so let's remove this too.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
It did use a fixed-size bucket list plus single lock to protect add/del.
Unlike the main conntrack table we only need to add and remove keys.
Convert it to rhashtable to get table autosizing and per-bucket locking.
The maximum number of entries is -- as before -- tied to the number of
conntracks so we do not need another upperlimit.
The change does not handle rhashtable_remove_fast error, only possible
"error" is -ENOENT, and that is something that can happen legitimetely,
e.g. because nat module was inserted at a later time and no src manip
took place yet.
Tested with http-client-benchmark + httpterm with DNAT and SNAT rules
in place.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The nat extension structure is 32bytes in size on x86_64:
struct nf_conn_nat {
struct hlist_node bysource; /* 0 16 */
struct nf_conn * ct; /* 16 8 */
union nf_conntrack_nat_help help; /* 24 4 */
int masq_index; /* 28 4 */
/* size: 32, cachelines: 1, members: 4 */
/* last cacheline: 32 bytes */
};
The hlist is needed to quickly check for possible tuple collisions
when installing a new nat binding. Storing this in the extension
area has two drawbacks:
1. We need ct backpointer to get the conntrack struct from the extension.
2. When reallocation of extension area occurs we need to fixup the bysource
hash head via hlist_replace_rcu.
We can avoid both by placing the hlist_head in nf_conn and place nf_conn in
the bysource hash rather than the extenstion.
We can also remove the ->move support; no other extension needs it.
Moving the entire nat extension into nf_conn would be possible as well but
then we have to add yet another callback for deletion from the bysource
hash table rather than just using nat extension ->destroy hook for this.
nf_conn size doesn't increase due to aligment, followup patch replaces
hlist_node with single pointer.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We don't need to acquire the bucket lock during early drop, we can
use lockless traveral just like ____nf_conntrack_find.
The timer deletion serves as synchronization point, if another cpu
attempts to evict same entry, only one will succeed with timer deletion.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When we do "cat /proc/net/nf_conntrack", and meanwhile resize the conntrack
hash table via /sys/module/nf_conntrack/parameters/hashsize, race will
happen, because reader can observe a newly allocated hash but the old size
(or vice versa). So oops will happen like follows：
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000017
IP: [<ffffffffa0418e21>] seq_print_acct+0x11/0x50 [nf_conntrack]
Call Trace:
[<ffffffffa0412f4e>] ? ct_seq_show+0x14e/0x340 [nf_conntrack]
[<ffffffff81261a1c>] seq_read+0x2cc/0x390
[<ffffffff812a8d62>] proc_reg_read+0x42/0x70
[<ffffffff8123bee7>] __vfs_read+0x37/0x130
[<ffffffff81347980>] ? security_file_permission+0xa0/0xc0
[<ffffffff8123cf75>] vfs_read+0x95/0x140
[<ffffffff8123e475>] SyS_read+0x55/0xc0
[<ffffffff817c2572>] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x1a/0xa4
It is very easy to reproduce this kernel crash.
1. open one shell and input the following cmds:
while : ; do
echo $RANDOM > /sys/module/nf_conntrack/parameters/hashsize
done
2. open more shells and input the following cmds:
while : ; do
cat /proc/net/nf_conntrack
done
3. just wait a monent, oops will happen soon.
The solution in this patch is based on Florian's Commit 5e3c61f981
("netfilter: conntrack: fix lookup race during hash resize"). And
add a wrapper function nf_conntrack_get_ht to get hash and hsize
suggested by Florian Westphal.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When sending an ATR_REQ, the initiator must wait for the ATR_RES at
least 'RWT(nfcdep,activation) + dRWT(nfcdep)' and no more than
'RWT(nfcdep,activation) + dRWT(nfcdep) + dT(nfcdep,initiator)'. This
gives a timeout value between 1237 ms and 1337 ms. This patch defines
DIGITAL_ATR_RES_RWT to 1337 used for the timeout value of ATR_REQ
command.
For other DEP PDUs, the initiator must wait between 'RWT + dRWT(nfcdep)'
and 'RWT + dRWT(nfcdep) + dT(nfcdep,initiator)' where RWT is given by
the following formula: '(256 * 16 / f(c)) * 2^wt' where wt is the value
of the TO field in the ATR_RES response and is in the range between 0
and 14. This patch declares a mapping table for wt values and gives RWT
max values between 100 ms and 5049 ms.
This patch also defines DIGITAL_ATR_RES_TO_WT, the maximum wt value in
target mode, to 8.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This patch fixes the way an I-PDU is saved in case it needs to be sent
again. It is now copied using pskb_copy() and not simply referenced
using skb_get() since it could be modified by the driver.
digital_in_send_saved_skb() and digital_tg_send_saved_skb() still get a
reference on the saved skb which is re-sent but release it if the send
operation fails. That way the caller doesn't have to take care about skb
ref in case of error.
RTOX supervisor PDU must not be saved as this can override a previously
saved I-PDU that should be re-sent later on.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The HCI_BREDR naming is confusing since it actually stands for Primary
Bluetooth Controller. Which is a term that has been used in the latest
standard. However from a legacy point of view there only really have
been Basic Rate (BR) and Enhanced Data Rate (EDR). Recent versions of
Bluetooth introduced Low Energy (LE) and made this terminology a little
bit confused since Dual Mode Controllers include BR/EDR and LE. To
simplify this the name HCI_PRIMARY stands for the Primary Controller
which can be a single mode or dual mode controller.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The routing table of every switch in a tree is currently initialized to
all zeros. This is an issue since 0 is a valid port number.
Add a DSA_RTABLE_NONE=-1 constant to initialize the signed values of the
routing table pointing to other switches.
This fixes the device mapping of the mv88e6xxx driver where the port
pointing to the switch itself and to non-existent switches was wrongly
configured to be 0. It is now set to the expected 0xf value.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to compute timeout.expires - jiffies, not the other way around.
Add a helper, another patch can then later change more places in
conntrack code where we currently open-code this.
Will allow us to only change one place later when we remove per-ct timer.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch cleanups the WARN_ON which occurs when the sk buffer has
insufficient buffer space by moving the WARN_ON into if condition.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fixes ieee802154_get_fc_from_skb function on big endian
machines. The function get_unaligned_le16 converts the byte order to
host byte order but we want to keep the byte order like in mac header.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The RIOT-OS stack does send intra-pan frames but don't set the intra pan
flag inside the mac header. It seems this is valid frame addressing but
inefficient. Anyway this patch adds a new function for intra pan
addressing, doesn't matter if intra pan flag or source and destination
are the same. The newly introduction function will be used to check on
intra pan addressing for 6lowpan.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds ieee802154_skb_src_pan function to get the pointer
address of the source pan id at skb mac pointer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds ieee802154_skb_dst_pan function to get the pointer
address of the destination pan id at skb mac pointer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds netns support for 802.15.4 subsystem. Most parts are
copy&pasted from wireless subsystem, it has the identically userspace
API.
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The PAD define should be above the experimental support. We don't care
about if we break userspace in experimental stuff but PAD is part of the
existing UAPI.
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt<stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
* beacon report (for radio measurement) support in cfg80211/mac80211
* hwsim: allow wmediumd in namespaces
* mac80211: extend 160MHz workaround to CSA IEs
* mesh: properly encrypt group-addressed privacy action frames
* mesh: allow setting peer AID
* first steps for MU-MIMO monitor mode
* along with various other cleanups and improvements
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=R1qP
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-07-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
One more set of new features:
* beacon report (for radio measurement) support in cfg80211/mac80211
* hwsim: allow wmediumd in namespaces
* mac80211: extend 160MHz workaround to CSA IEs
* mesh: properly encrypt group-addressed privacy action frames
* mesh: allow setting peer AID
* first steps for MU-MIMO monitor mode
* along with various other cleanups and improvements
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en.h
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c
drivers/net/usb/r8152.c
All three conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next,
they are:
1) Don't use userspace datatypes in bridge netfilter code, from
Tobin Harding.
2) Iterate only once over the expectation table when removing the
helper module, instead of once per-netns, from Florian Westphal.
3) Extra sanitization in xt_hook_ops_alloc() to return error in case
we ever pass zero hooks, xt_hook_ops_alloc():
4) Handle NFPROTO_INET from the logging core infrastructure, from
Liping Zhang.
5) Autoload loggers when TRACE target is used from rules, this doesn't
change the behaviour in case the user already selected nfnetlink_log
as preferred way to print tracing logs, also from Liping Zhang.
6) Conntrack slabs with SLAB_HWCACHE_ALIGN to allow rearranging fields
by cache lines, increases the size of entries in 11% per entry.
From Florian Westphal.
7) Skip zone comparison if CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_ZONES=n, from Florian.
8) Remove useless defensive check in nf_logger_find_get() from Shivani
Bhardwaj.
9) Remove zone extension as place it in the conntrack object, this is
always include in the hashing and we expect more intensive use of
zones since containers are in place. Also from Florian Westphal.
10) Owner match now works from any namespace, from Eric Bierdeman.
11) Make sure we only reply with TCP reset to TCP traffic from
nf_reject_ipv4, patch from Liping Zhang.
12) Introduce --nflog-size to indicate amount of network packet bytes
that are copied to userspace via log message, from Vishwanath Pai.
This obsoletes --nflog-range that has never worked, it was designed
to achieve this but it has never worked.
13) Introduce generic macros for nf_tables object generation masks.
14) Use generation mask in table, chain and set objects in nf_tables.
This allows fixes interferences with ongoing preparation phase of
the commit protocol and object listings going on at the same time.
This update is introduced in three patches, one per object.
15) Check if the object is active in the next generation for element
deactivation in the rbtree implementation, given that deactivation
happens from the commit phase path we have to observe the future
status of the object.
16) Support for deletion of just added elements in the hash set type.
17) Allow to resize hashtable from /proc entry, not only from the
obscure /sys entry that maps to the module parameter, from Florian
Westphal.
18) Get rid of NFT_BASECHAIN_DISABLED, this code is not exercised
anymore since we tear down the ruleset whenever the netdevice
goes away.
19) Support for matching inverted set lookups, from Arturo Borrero.
20) Simplify the iptables_mangle_hook() by removing a superfluous
extra branch.
21) Introduce ether_addr_equal_masked() and use it from the netfilter
codebase, from Joe Perches.
22) Remove references to "Use netfilter MARK value as routing key"
from the Netfilter Kconfig description given that this toggle
doesn't exists already for 10 years, from Moritz Sichert.
23) Introduce generic NF_INVF() and use it from the xtables codebase,
from Joe Perches.
24) Setting logger to NONE via /proc was not working unless explicit
nul-termination was included in the string. This fixes seems to
leave the former behaviour there, so we don't break backward.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously, mesh power management functionality works only with kernel
MPM. Because user space MPM did not report mesh peer AID to kernel,
the kernel could not identify the bit in TIM element. So this patch
adds mesh peer AID setting API.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the following to support beacon report radio measurement
with the measurement mode field set to passive or active:
1. Propagate the required scan duration to the device
2. Report the scan start time (in terms of TSF)
3. Report each BSS's detection time (also in terms of TSF)
TSF times refer to the BSS that the interface that requested the
scan is connected to.
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
[changed ath9k/10k, at76c59x-usb, iwlegacy, wl1251 and wlcore to match
the new API]
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Beacon report radio measurement requires reporting observed BSSs
on the channels specified in the beacon request. If the measurement
mode is set to passive or active, it requires actually performing a
scan (passive or active, accordingly), and reporting the time that
the scan was started and the time each beacon/probe was received
(both in terms of TSF of the BSS of the requesting AP). If the
request mode is table, this information is optional.
In addition, the radio measurement request specifies the channel
dwell time for the measurement.
In order to use scan for beacon report when the mode is active or
passive, add a parameter to scan request that specifies the
channel dwell time, and add scan start time and beacon received time
to scan results information.
Supporting beacon report is required for Multi Band Operation (MBO).
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
add API to support VHT MU-MIMO air sniffer.
in MU-MIMO there are parallel frames on the air while the HW
has only one RX.
add the capability to sniff one of the MU-MIMO parallel frames by
giving the sniffer additional information so it'll know which
of the parallel frames it shall follow.
Add attribute - NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA - for getting
a MU-MIMO groupID in order to monitor packets from that group
using VHT MU-MIMO.
And add attribute -NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_ADDR - for passing
MAC address to monitor mode.
that option will be used by VHT MU-MIMO air sniffer to follow a
station according to it's MAC address using VHT MU-MIMO.
Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the data plane is offloaded the traffic doesn't go through the
networking stack. Therefore, after first resolving a neighbour the NUD
state machine will transition it from REACHABLE to STALE until it's
finally deleted by the garbage collector.
To prevent such situations the offloading driver should notify the NUD
state machine on any neighbours that were recently used. The driver's
polling interval should be set so that the NUD state machine can
function as if the traffic wasn't offloaded.
Currently, there are no in-tree drivers that can report confirmation for
a neighbour, but only 'used' indication. Therefore, the polling interval
should be set according to DELAY_FIRST_PROBE_TIME, as a neighbour will
transition from REACHABLE state to DELAY (instead of STALE) if "a packet
was sent within the last DELAY_FIRST_PROBE_TIME seconds" (RFC 4861).
Send a netevent whenever the DELAY_FIRST_PROBE_TIME changes - either via
netlink or sysctl - so that offloading drivers can correctly set their
polling interval.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extremely useful for setting packet type to host so i dont
have to modify the dst mac address using pedit (which requires
that i know the mac address)
Example usage:
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip pref 9 u32 \
match ip src 5.5.5.5/32 \
flowid 1:5 action skbedit ptype host
This will tag all packets incoming from 5.5.5.5 with type
PACKET_HOST
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This replaces the polling work struct with a delayed work struct and add
a 10 ms delay between 2 poll cycles. This avoids to flood the device
with 'switch off'/'switch on' commands.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
It used to be EXPORTed, but then EXPORT usage was cleaned up
(in 2012), without noticing that the function has no users at all
(and curiously, never had any users).
Delete it.
While at it, remove non-static "inline" hints on nearby functions:
these hints don't work across compilation units anyway,
and these functions are not used in their .c file, thus they are
never inlined. IOW: "inline" here does not help in any way.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
CC: Christophe Ricard <christophe.ricard@gmail.com>
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes
are supported:
* legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport)
* switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured
using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow
working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is
created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF).
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ether_addr_equal_64bits() requires some care about its arguments,
namely that 8 bytes might be read, even if last 2 byte values are not
used.
KASan detected a violation with null_mac_addr and lacpdu_mcast_addr
in bond_3ad.c
Same problem with mac_bcast[] and mac_v6_allmcast[] in bond_alb.c :
Although the 8-byte alignment was there, KASan would detect out
of bound accesses.
Fixes: 815117adaf ("bonding: use ether_addr_equal_unaligned for bond addr compare")
Fixes: bb54e58929 ("bonding: Verify RX LACPDU has proper dest mac-addr")
Fixes: 885a136c52 ("bonding: use compare_ether_addr_64bits() in ALB")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Acked-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some arches have virtually mapped kernel stacks, or will soon have.
tcp_md5_hash_header() uses an automatic variable to copy tcp header
before mangling th->check and calling crypto function, which might
be problematic on such arches.
David says that using percpu storage is also problematic on non SMP
builds.
Just use kmalloc() to allocate scratch areas.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_skb_dst_mtu uses skb->sk, assuming it is an AF_INET socket (e.g. it
calls ip_sk_use_pmtu which casts sk as an inet_sk).
However, in the case of UDP tunneling, the skb->sk is not necessarily an
inet socket (could be AF_PACKET socket, or AF_UNSPEC if arriving from
tun/tap).
OTOH, the sk passed as an argument throughout IP stack's output path is
the one which is of PMTU interest:
- In case of local sockets, sk is same as skb->sk;
- In case of a udp tunnel, sk is the tunneling socket.
Fix, by passing ip_finish_output's sk to ip_skb_dst_mtu.
This augments 7026b1ddb6 'netfilter: Pass socket pointer down through okfn().'
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In previous commit 01f83d6984
the following comments were added:
"When peer uses tiny windows, there is no use in packetizing to sub-MSS
pieces for the sake of SWS or making sure there are enough packets in
the pipe for fast recovery."
The test should be > TCP_MSS_DEFAULT not >= 512. This allows low end
devices that send an MSS of 536 (TCP_MSS_DEFAULT) to see better network
performance by sending it 536 bytes of data at a time instead of bounding
to half window size (268). Other network stacks work this way, e.g. HP-UX.
Signed-off-by: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hpe.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for the IFLA_STATS_LINK_XSTATS_SLAVE attribute
which allows to export per-slave statistics if the master device supports
the linkxstats callback. The attribute is passed down to the linkxstats
callback and it is up to the callback user to use it (an example has been
added to the only current user - the bridge). This allows us to query only
specific slaves of master devices like bridge ports and export only what
we're interested in instead of having to dump all ports and searching only
for a single one. This will be used to export per-port IGMP/MLD stats and
also per-port vlan stats in the future, possibly other statistics as well.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several cases of overlapping changes, except the packet scheduler
conflicts which deal with the addition of the free list parameter
to qdisc_enqueue().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SMACK uses similar functions to control CIPSO, these are
the equivalent functions for CALIPSO and follow exactly
the same semantics.
int netlbl_cfg_calipso_add(struct calipso_doi *doi_def,
struct netlbl_audit *audit_info)
Adds a CALIPSO doi.
void netlbl_cfg_calipso_del(u32 doi, struct netlbl_audit *audit_info)
Removes a CALIPSO doi.
int netlbl_cfg_calipso_map_add(u32 doi, const char *domain,
const struct in6_addr *addr,
const struct in6_addr *mask,
struct netlbl_audit *audit_info)
Creates a mapping between a domain and a CALIPSO doi. If
addr and mask are non-NULL this creates an address-selector
type mapping.
This also extends netlbl_cfg_map_del() to remove IPv6 address-selector
mappings.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
This works in exactly the same way as the CIPSO label cache.
The idea is to allow the lsm to cache the result of a secattr
lookup so that it doesn't need to perform the lookup for
every skbuff.
It introduces two sysctl controls:
calipso_cache_enable - enables/disables the cache.
calipso_cache_bucket_size - sets the size of a cache bucket.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Lengths, checksum and the DOI are checked. Checking of the
level and categories are left for the socket layer.
CRC validation is performed in the calipso module to avoid
unconditionally linking crc_ccitt() into ipv6.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
This makes it possible to route the error to the appropriate
labelling engine. CALIPSO is far less verbose than CIPSO
when encountering a bogus packet, so there is no need for a
CALIPSO error handler.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
In some cases, the lsm needs to add the label to the skbuff directly.
A NF_INET_LOCAL_OUT IPv6 hook is added to selinux to match the IPv4
behaviour. This allows selinux to label the skbuffs that it requires.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Request sockets need to have a label that takes into account the
incoming connection as well as their parent's label. This is used
for the outgoing SYN-ACK and for their child full-socket.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
If set, these will take precedence over the parent's options during
both sending and child creation. If they're not set, the parent's
options (if any) will be used.
This is to allow the security_inet_conn_request() hook to modify the
IPv6 options in just the same way that it already may do for IPv4.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
CALIPSO is a hop-by-hop IPv6 option. A lot of this patch is based on
the equivalent CISPO code. The main difference is due to manipulating
the options in the hop-by-hop header.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
This is to allow the CALIPSO labelling engine to use these.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
The functionality is equivalent to ipv6_renew_options() except
that the newopt pointer is in kernel, not user, memory
The kernel memory implementation will be used by the CALIPSO network
labelling engine, which needs to be able to set IPv6 hop-by-hop
options.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Remove a specified DOI through the NLBL_CALIPSO_C_REMOVE command.
It requires the attribute:
NLBL_CALIPSO_A_DOI.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Enumerate the DOI list through the NLBL_CALIPSO_C_LISTALL command.
It takes no attributes.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Query a specified DOI through the NLBL_CALIPSO_C_LIST command.
It requires the attribute:
NLBL_CALIPSO_A_DOI.
The reply will contain:
NLBL_CALIPSO_A_MTYPE
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
CALIPSO is a packet labelling protocol for IPv6 which is very similar
to CIPSO. It is specified in RFC 5570. Much of the code is based on
the current CIPSO code.
This adds support for adding passthrough-type CALIPSO DOIs through the
NLBL_CALIPSO_C_ADD command. It requires attributes:
NLBL_CALIPSO_A_TYPE which must be CALIPSO_MAP_PASS.
NLBL_CALIPSO_A_DOI.
In passthrough mode the CALIPSO engine will map MLS secattr levels
and categories directly to the packet label.
At this stage, the major difference between this and the CIPSO
code is that IPv6 may be compiled as a module. To allow for
this the CALIPSO functions are registered at module init time.
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
When qdisc bulk dequeue was added in linux-3.18 (commit
5772e9a346 "qdisc: bulk dequeue support for qdiscs
with TCQ_F_ONETXQUEUE"), it was constrained to some
specific qdiscs.
With some extra care, we can extend this to all qdiscs,
so that typical traffic shaping solutions can benefit from
small batches (8 packets in this patch).
For example, HTB is often used on some multi queue device.
And bonding/team are multi queue devices...
Idea is to bulk-dequeue packets mapping to the same transmit queue.
This brings between 35 and 80 % performance increase in HTB setup
under pressure on a bonding setup :
1) NUMA node contention : 610,000 pps -> 1,110,000 pps
2) No node contention : 1,380,000 pps -> 1,930,000 pps
Now we should work to add batches on the enqueue() side ;)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we defer skb drops, it makes sense to keep a copy
of skb->truesize in struct codel_skb_cb to avoid one
cache line miss per dropped skb in fq_codel_drop(),
to reduce latencies a bit further.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Qdisc performance suffers when packets are dropped at enqueue()
time because drops (kfree_skb()) are done while qdisc lock is held,
delaying a dequeue() draining the queue.
Nominal throughput can be reduced by 50 % when this happens,
at a time we would like the dequeue() to proceed as fast as possible.
Even FQ is vulnerable to this problem, while one of FQ goals was
to provide some flow isolation.
This patch adds a 'struct sk_buff **to_free' parameter to all
qdisc->enqueue(), and in qdisc_drop() helper.
I measured a performance increase of up to 12 %, but this patch
is a prereq so that future batches in enqueue() can fly.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This flag was introduced to restore rulesets from the new netdev
family, but since 5ebe0b0eec ("netfilter: nf_tables: destroy
basechain and rules on netdevice removal") the ruleset is released
once the netdev is gone.
This also removes nft_register_basechain() and
nft_unregister_basechain() since they have no clients anymore after
this rework.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
No need to restrict this to module parameter.
We export a copy of the real hash size -- when user alters the value we
allocate the new table, copy entries etc before we update the real size
to the requested one.
This is also needed because the real size is used by concurrent readers
and cannot be changed without synchronizing the conntrack generation
seqcnt.
We only allow changing this value from the initial net namespace.
Tested using http-client-benchmark vs. httpterm with concurrent
while true;do
echo $RANDOM > /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_buckets
done
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch addresses two problems:
1) The netlink dump is inconsistent when interfering with an ongoing
transaction update for several reasons:
1.a) We don't honor the internal NFT_TABLE_INACTIVE flag, and we should
be skipping these inactive objects in the dump.
1.b) We perform speculative deletion during the preparation phase, that
may result in skipping active objects.
1.c) The listing order changes, which generates noise when tracking
incremental ruleset update via tools like git or our own
testsuite.
2) We don't allow to add and to update the object in the same batch,
eg. add table x; add table x { flags dormant\; }.
In order to resolve these problems:
1) If the user requests a deletion, the object becomes inactive in the
next generation. Then, ignore objects that scheduled to be deleted
from the lookup path, as they will be effectively removed in the
next generation.
2) From the get/dump path, if the object is not currently active, we
skip it.
3) Support 'add X -> update X' sequence from a transaction.
After this update, we obtain a consistent list as long as we stay
in the same generation. The userspace side can detect interferences
through the generation counter so it can restart the dumping.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Thus, we can reuse these to check the genmask of any object type, not
only rules. This is required now that tables, chain and sets will get a
generation mask field too in follow up patches.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
li->u.ulog.copy_len is currently ignored by the kernel, we should truncate
the packet to either li->u.ulog.copy_len (if set) or copy_range before
sending it to userspace. 0 is a valid input for copy_len, so add a new
flag to indicate whether this was option was specified by the user or not.
Add two flags to indicate whether nflog-size/copy_len was set or not.
XT_NFLOG_F_COPY_LEN is for XT_NFLOG and NFLOG_F_COPY_LEN for nfnetlink_log
On the userspace side, this was initially represented by the option
nflog-range, this will be replaced by --nflog-size now. --nflog-range would
still exist but does not do anything.
Reported-by: Joe Dollard <jdollard@akamai.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Hunt <johunt@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Vishwanath Pai <vpai@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Alexey reported that we have GFP_KERNEL allocation when
holding the spinlock tcf_lock. Actually we don't have
to take that spinlock for all the cases, especially
for the new one we just create. To modify the existing
actions, we still need this spinlock to make sure
the whole update is atomic.
For net-next, we can get rid of this spinlock because
we already hold the RTNL lock on slow path, and on fast
path we can use RCU to protect the metalist.
Joint work with Jamal.
Reported-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Curently we store zone information as a conntrack extension.
This has one drawback: for every lookup we need to fetch the zone data
from the extension area.
This change place the zone data directly into the main conntrack object
structure and then removes the zone conntrack extension.
The zone data is just 4 bytes, it fits into a padding hole before
the tuplehash info, so we do not even increase the nf_conn structure size.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Those comparisions are useless in case of ZONES=n; all conntracks
will reside in the same zone by definition.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
ipgre_err() can call ip6_err_gen_icmpv6_unreach() for proper
support of ipv4+gre+icmp+ipv6+... frames, used for example
by traceroute/mtr.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 version of 3f2fb9a834 ("net: l3mdev: address selection should only
consider devices in L3 domain") and the follow up commit, a17b693cdd876
("net: l3mdev: prefer VRF master for source address selection").
That is, if outbound device is given then the address preference order
is an address from that device, an address from the master device if it
is enslaved, and then an address from a device in the same L3 domain.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 source address selection needs to consider the real egress route.
Similar to IPv4 implement a get_saddr6 method which is called if
source address has not been set. The get_saddr6 method does a full
lookup which means pulling a route from the VRF FIB table and properly
considering linklocal/multicast destination addresses. Lookup failures
(eg., unreachable) then cause the source address selection to fail
which gets propagated back to the caller.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VRF driver needs access to ip6_route_get_saddr code. Since it does
little beyond ipv6_dev_get_saddr and ipv6_dev_get_saddr is already
exported for modules move ip6_route_get_saddr to the header as an
inline.
Code move only; no functional change.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fact is VXLAN with Generic Protocol Extensions cannot be supported by
the same hardware parsers that support VXLAN. The protocol extensions
allow for things like a Next Protocol field which in turn allows for things
other than Ethernet to be passed over the tunnel. Most existing parsers
will not know how to interpret this.
To resolve this I am giving VXLAN-GPE its own UDP encapsulation offload
type. This way hardware that does support GPE can simply add this type to
the switch statement for VXLAN, and if they don't support it then this will
fix any issues where headers might be interpreted incorrectly.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have all the drivers using udp_tunnel_get_rx_ports,
ndo_add_udp_enc_rx_port, and ndo_del_udp_enc_rx_port we can drop the
function calls that were specific to VXLAN and GENEVE.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch merges the notifiers for VXLAN and GENEVE into a single UDP
tunnel notifier. The idea is that we will want to only have to make one
notifier call to receive the list of ports for VXLAN and GENEVE tunnels
that need to be offloaded.
In addition we add a new set of ndo functions named ndo_udp_tunnel_add and
ndo_udp_tunnel_del that are meant to allow us to track the tunnel meta-data
such as port and address family as tunnels are added and removed. The
tunnel meta-data is now transported in a structure named udp_tunnel_info
which for now carries the type, address family, and port number. In the
future this could be updated so that we can include a tuple of values
including things such as the destination IP address and other fields.
I also ended up going with a naming scheme that consisted of using the
prefix udp_tunnel on function names. I applied this to the notifier and
ndo ops as well so that it hopefully points to the fact that these are
primarily used in the udp_tunnel functions.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch merges the GENEVE and VXLAN code so that both functions pass
through a shared code path. This way we can start the effort of using a
single function on the network device drivers to handle both of these
tunnel types.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes it so that we add udp_tunnel.h to vxlan.h and geneve.h
header files. This is useful as I plan to move the generic handlers for
the port offloads into the udp_tunnel header file and leave the vxlan and
geneve headers to be a bit more protocol specific.
I also went through and cleaned out a number of redundant includes that
where in the .h and .c files for these drivers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are rather small patches but fixing several outstanding bugs in
nf_conntrack and nf_tables, as well as minor problems with missing
SYNPROXY header uapi installation:
1) Oneliner not to leak conntrack kmemcache on module removal, this
problem was introduced in the previous merge window, patch from
Florian Westphal.
2) Two fixes for insufficient ruleset loop validation, one due to
incorrect flag check in nf_tables_bind_set() and another related to
silly wrong generation mask logic from the walk path, from Liping
Zhang.
3) Fix double-free of anonymous sets on error, this fix simplifies the
code to let the abort path take care of releasing the set object,
also from Liping Zhang.
4) The introduction of helper function for transactions broke the skip
inactive rules logic from the nft_do_chain(), again from Liping
Zhang.
5) Two patches to install uapi xt_SYNPROXY.h header and calm down
kbuild robot due to missing #include <linux/types.h>.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) gre_parse_header() can be called from gre_err()
At this point transport header points to ICMP header, not the inner
header.
2) We can not really change transport header as ipgre_err() will later
assume transport header still points to ICMP header (using icmp_hdr())
3) pskb_may_pull() logic in gre_parse_header() really works
if we are interested at zone pointed by skb->data
4) As Jiri explained in commit b7f8fe251e ("gre: do not pull header in
ICMP error processing") we should not pull headers in error handler.
So this fix :
A) changes gre_parse_header() to use skb->data instead of
skb_transport_header()
B) Adds a nhs parameter to gre_parse_header() so that we can skip the
not pulled IP header from error path.
This offset is 0 for normal receive path.
C) remove obsolete IPV6 includes
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the presence of firewalls which improperly block ICMP Unreachable
(including Fragmentation Required) messages, Path MTU Discovery is
prevented from working.
A workaround is to handle IPv4 payloads opaquely, ignoring the DF bit--as
is done for other payloads like AppleTalk--and doing transparent
fragmentation and reassembly.
Redux includes the enforcement of mutual exclusion between this feature
and Path MTU Discovery as suggested by Alexander Duyck.
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduce different 6lowpan handling for receive and transmit
NS/NA messages for the ipv6 neighbour discovery. The first use-case is
for supporting 802.15.4 short addresses inside the option fields and
handling for RFC6775 6CO option field as userspace option.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch exports some neighbour discovery functions which can be used
by 6lowpan neighbour discovery ops functionality then.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces neighbour discovery ops callback structure. The
idea is to separate the handling for 6LoWPAN into the 6lowpan module.
These callback offers 6lowpan different handling, such as 802.15.4 short
address handling or RFC6775 (Neighbor Discovery Optimization for IPv6
over 6LoWPANs).
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds __ndisc_opt_addr_data as low-level function for
ndisc_opt_addr_data which doesn't depend on net_device parameter.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds __ndisc_opt_addr_space as low-level function for
ndisc_opt_addr_space which doesn't depend on net_device parameter.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the autoconfiguration if a valid 802.15.4 short address
is available for 802.15.4 6LoWPAN interfaces.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch will introduce a 6lowpan neighbour private data. Like the
interface private data we handle private data for generic 6lowpan and
for link-layer specific 6lowpan.
The current first use case if to save the short address for a 802.15.4
6lowpan neighbour.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qdisc are changed under RTNL protection and often
while blocking BH and root qdisc spinlock.
When lots of skbs need to be dropped, we free
them under these locks causing TX/RX freezes,
and more generally latency spikes.
This commit adds rtnl_kfree_skbs(), used to queue
skbs for deferred freeing.
Actual freeing happens right after RTNL is released,
with appropriate scheduling points.
rtnl_qdisc_drop() can also be used in place
of disc_drop() when RTNL is held.
qdisc_reset_queue() and __qdisc_reset_queue() get
the new behavior, so standard qdiscs like pfifo, pfifo_fast...
have their ->reset() method automatically handled.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 multicast and link-local addresses require special handling by the
VRF driver:
1. Rather than using the VRF device index and full FIB lookups,
packets to/from these addresses should use direct FIB lookups based on
the VRF device table.
2. fail sends/receives on a VRF device to/from a multicast address
(e.g, make ping6 ff02::1%<vrf> fail)
3. move the setting of the flow oif to the first dst lookup and revert
the change in icmpv6_echo_reply made in ca254490c8 ("net: Add VRF
support to IPv6 stack"). Linklocal/mcast addresses require use of the
skb->dev.
With this change connections into and out of a VRF enslaved device work
for multicast and link-local addresses work (icmp, tcp, and udp)
e.g.,
1. packets into VM with VRF config:
ping6 -c3 fe80::e0:f9ff:fe1c:b974%br1
ping6 -c3 ff02::1%br1
ssh -6 fe80::e0:f9ff:fe1c:b974%br1
2. packets going out a VRF enslaved device:
ping6 -c3 fe80::18f8:83ff:fe4b:7a2e%eth1
ping6 -c3 ff02::1%eth1
ssh -6 root@fe80::18f8:83ff:fe4b:7a2e%eth1
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to pass flow arg to functions where the arg is not const
and allow the driver to make updates as needed (eg., setting oif).
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Liping Zhang says:
"Users may add such a wrong nft rules successfully, which will cause an
endless jump loop:
# nft add rule filter test tcp dport vmap {1: jump test}
This is because before we commit, the element in the current anonymous
set is inactive, so osp->walk will skip this element and miss the
validate check."
To resolve this problem, this patch passes the generation mask to the
walk function through the iter container structure depending on the code
path:
1) If we're dumping the elements, then we have to check if the element
is active in the current generation. Thus, we check for the current
bit in the genmask.
2) If we're checking for loops, then we have to check if the element is
active in the next generation, as we're in the middle of a
transaction. Thus, we check for the next bit in the genmask.
Based on original patch from Liping Zhang.
Reported-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Tested-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
__QDISC_STATE_THROTTLED bit manipulation is rather expensive
for HTB and few others.
I already removed it for sch_fq in commit f2600cf02b
("net: sched: avoid costly atomic operation in fq_dequeue()")
and so far nobody complained.
When one ore more packets are stuck in one or more throttled
HTB class, a htb dequeue() performs two atomic operations
to clear/set __QDISC_STATE_THROTTLED bit, while root qdisc
lock is held.
Removing this pair of atomic operations bring me a 8 % performance
increase on 200 TCP_RR tests, in presence of throttled classes.
This patch has no side effect, since nothing actually uses
disc_is_throttled() anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* the biggest change is Michał's work on integrating FQ/codel
with the mac80211 internal software queues
* cfg80211 connect result gets clarified for the
"no connection at all" case
* advertisement of per-interface type capabilities, in case
they differ (which makes a lot of sense for some capabilities)
* most of the nl80211 & hwsim unprivileged namespace operation
changes
* human-readable VHT capabilities in debugfs
* some other cleanups, like spelling
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=FvhQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-06-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
For the next cycle, we have the following:
* the biggest change is Michał's work on integrating FQ/codel
with the mac80211 internal software queues
* cfg80211 connect result gets clarified for the
"no connection at all" case
* advertisement of per-interface type capabilities, in case
they differ (which makes a lot of sense for some capabilities)
* most of the nl80211 & hwsim unprivileged namespace operation
changes
* human-readable VHT capabilities in debugfs
* some other cleanups, like spelling
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add in_flight (bytes in flight when packet was sent) field
to tx component of tcp_skb_cb and make it available to
congestion modules' pkts_acked() function through the
ack_sample function argument.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/sched/act_police.c
net/sched/sch_drr.c
net/sched/sch_hfsc.c
net/sched/sch_prio.c
net/sched/sch_red.c
net/sched/sch_tbf.c
In net-next the drop methods of the packet schedulers got removed, so
the bug fixes to them in 'net' are irrelevant.
A packet action unload crash fix conflicts with the addition of the
new firstuse timestamp.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Socket option PACKET_FANOUT_DATA takes a struct sock_fprog as argument
if PACKET_FANOUT has mode PACKET_FANOUT_CBPF. This structure contains
a pointer into user memory. If userland is 32-bit and kernel is 64-bit
the two disagree about the layout of struct sock_fprog.
Add compat setsockopt support to convert a 32-bit compat_sock_fprog to
a 64-bit sock_fprog. This is analogous to compat_sock_fprog support for
SO_REUSEPORT added in commit 1957598840 ("soreuseport: add compat
case for setsockopt SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_CBPF").
Reported-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) qdisc_run_begin() is really using the equivalent of a trylock.
Instead of using write_seqcount_begin(), use a combination of
raw_write_seqcount_begin() and correct lockdep annotation.
2) sch_direct_xmit() should use regular spin_lock(root_lock)
Fixes: f9eb8aea2a ("net_sched: transform qdisc running bit into a seqcount")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no other limit other than a global
packet count limit when using software queuing.
This means a single flow queue can grow insanely
long. This is particularly bad for TCP congestion
algorithms which requires a little more
sophisticated frame dropping scheme than a mere
headdrop on limit overflow.
Hence apply (a slighly modified, to fit the knobs)
CoDel5 on flow queues. This improves TCP
convergence and stability when combined with
wireless driver which keeps its own tx queue/fifo
at a minimum fill level for given link conditions.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Qdiscs are designed with no regard to 802.11
aggregation requirements and hand out
packet-by-packet with no guarantee they are
destined to the same tid. This does more bad than
good no matter how fairly a given qdisc may behave
on an ethernet interface.
Software queuing used per-AC netdev subqueue
congestion control whenever a global AC limit was
hit. This meant in practice a single station or
tid queue could starve others rather easily. This
could resonate with qdiscs in a bad way or could
just end up with poor aggregation performance.
Increasing the AC limit would increase induced
latency which is also bad.
Disabling qdiscs by default and performing
taildrop instead of netdev subqueue congestion
control on the other hand makes it possible for
tid queues to fill up "in the meantime" while
preventing stations starving each other.
This increases aggregation opportunities and
should allow software queuing based drivers
achieve better performance by utilizing airtime
more efficiently with big aggregates.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Earlier commits removed two members from struct Qdisc which places
next_sched/gso_skb into a different cacheline than ->state.
This restores the struct layout to what it was before the removal.
Move the two members, then add an annotation so they all reside in the
same cacheline.
This adds a 16 byte hole after cpu_qstats.
The hole could be closed but as it doesn't decrease total struct size just
do it this way.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
after removal of TCA_CBQ_OVL_STRATEGY from cbq scheduler, there are no
more callers of ->drop() outside of other ->drop functions, i.e.
nothing calls them.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the removal of TCA_CBQ_POLICE in cbq scheduler qdisc->reshape_fail
is always NULL, i.e. qdisc_rehape_fail is now the same as qdisc_drop.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iproute2 doesn't implement any cbq option that results in this attribute
being sent to kernel.
To make use of it, user would have to
- patch iproute2
- add a class
- attach a qdisc to the class (default pfifo doesn't work as
q->handle is 0 and cbq_set_police() is a no-op in this case)
- re-'add' the same class (tc class change ...) again
- user must also specifiy a defmap (e.g. 'split 1:0 defmap 3f'), since
this 'police' feature relies on its presence
- the added qdisc must be one of bfifo, pfifo or netem
If all of these conditions are met and _some_ leaf qdiscs, namely
p/bfifo, netem, plug or tbf would drop a packet, kernel calls back into
cbq, which will attempt to re-queue the skb into a different class
as indicated by the parents' defmap entry for TC_PRIO_BESTEFFORT.
[ i.e. we behave as if tc_classify returned TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY ].
This feature, which isn't documented or implemented in iproute2,
and isn't implemented consistently (most qdiscs like sfq, codel, etc
drop right away instead of attempting this reclassification) is the
sole reason for the reshape_fail and __parent member in Qdisc struct.
So remove TCA_CBQ_POLICE support from the kernel, reject it via EOPNOTSUPP
so userspace knows we don't support it, and then remove no-longer needed
infrastructure in followup commit.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, VRFs require 1 oif and 1 iif rule per address family per
VRF. As the number of VRF devices increases it brings scalability
issues with the increasing rule list. All of the VRF rules have the
same format with the exception of the specific table id to direct the
lookup. Since the table id is available from the oif or iif in the
loopup, the VRF rules can be consolidated to a single rule that pulls
the table from the VRF device.
This patch introduces a new rule attribute l3mdev. The l3mdev rule
means the table id used for the lookup is pulled from the L3 master
device (e.g., VRF) rather than being statically defined. With the
l3mdev rule all of the basic VRF FIB rules are reduced to 1 l3mdev
rule per address family (IPv4 and IPv6).
If an admin wishes to insert higher priority rules for specific VRFs
those rules will co-exist with the l3mdev rule. This capability means
current VRF scripts will co-exist with this new simpler implementation.
Currently, the rules list for both ipv4 and ipv6 look like this:
$ ip ru ls
1000: from all oif vrf1 lookup 1001
1000: from all iif vrf1 lookup 1001
1000: from all oif vrf2 lookup 1002
1000: from all iif vrf2 lookup 1002
1000: from all oif vrf3 lookup 1003
1000: from all iif vrf3 lookup 1003
1000: from all oif vrf4 lookup 1004
1000: from all iif vrf4 lookup 1004
1000: from all oif vrf5 lookup 1005
1000: from all iif vrf5 lookup 1005
1000: from all oif vrf6 lookup 1006
1000: from all iif vrf6 lookup 1006
1000: from all oif vrf7 lookup 1007
1000: from all iif vrf7 lookup 1007
1000: from all oif vrf8 lookup 1008
1000: from all iif vrf8 lookup 1008
...
32765: from all lookup local
32766: from all lookup main
32767: from all lookup default
With the l3mdev rule the list is just the following regardless of the
number of VRFs:
$ ip ru ls
1000: from all lookup [l3mdev table]
32765: from all lookup local
32766: from all lookup main
32767: from all lookup default
(Note: the above pretty print of the rule is based on an iproute2
prototype. Actual verbage may change)
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we can properly support multiple distinct trees in the system,
using a global variable: dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_ops is getting clobbered
as soon as the second switch tree gets probed, and we don't want that.
We need to move this to be dynamically allocated, and since we can't
really be comparing addresses anymore to determine first time
initialization versus any other times, just move this to dsa.c and
dsa2.c where the remainder of the dst/ds initialization happens.
The operations teardown restores the master netdev's ethtool_ops to its
original ethtool_ops pointer (typically within the Ethernet driver)
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains two Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net
tree, they are:
1) Fix missing alignment in next offset calculation for standard
targets, introduced in the previous merge window, patch from
Florian Westphal.
2) Fix to correct the handling of outgoing connections which use the
SIP-pe such that the binding of a real-server is updated when needed.
This was an omission from changes introduced by Marco Angaroni in
the previous merge window too, to allow handling of outgoing
connections by the SIP-pe. Patch and report came via Simon Horman.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When offloading classifiers such as u32 or flower to hardware, and the
qdisc is clsact (TC_H_CLSACT), then we need to differentiate its classes,
since not all of them handle ingress, therefore we must leave those in
software path. Add a .tcf_cl_offload() callback, so we can generically
handle them, tested on ixgbe.
Fixes: 10cbc68434 ("net/sched: cls_flower: Hardware offloaded filters statistics support")
Fixes: 5b33f48842 ("net/flower: Introduce hardware offload support")
Fixes: a1b7c5fd7f ("net: sched: add cls_u32 offload hooks for netdevs")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Large tc dumps (tc -s {qdisc|class} sh dev ethX) done by Google BwE host
agent [1] are problematic at scale :
For each qdisc/class found in the dump, we currently lock the root qdisc
spinlock in order to get stats. Sampling stats every 5 seconds from
thousands of HTB classes is a challenge when the root qdisc spinlock is
under high pressure. Not only the dumps take time, they also slow
down the fast path (queue/dequeue packets) by 10 % to 20 % in some cases.
An audit of existing qdiscs showed that sch_fq_codel is the only qdisc
that might need the qdisc lock in fq_codel_dump_stats() and
fq_codel_dump_class_stats()
In v2 of this patch, I now use the Qdisc running seqcount to provide
consistent reads of packets/bytes counters, regardless of 32/64 bit arches.
I also changed rate estimators to use the same infrastructure
so that they no longer need to lock root qdisc lock.
[1]
http://static.googleusercontent.com/media/research.google.com/en//pubs/archive/43838.pdf
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Kevin Athey <kda@google.com>
Cc: Xiaotian Pei <xiaotian@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using a single bit (__QDISC___STATE_RUNNING)
in sch->__state, use a seqcount.
This adds lockdep support, but more importantly it will allow us
to sample qdisc/class statistics without having to grab qdisc root lock.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Useful to know when the action was first used for accounting
(and debugging)
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For gso_skb we only update qlen, backlog should be updated too.
Note, it is correct to just update these stats at one layer,
because the gso_skb is cached there.
Reported-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous patch that introduced handling of outgoing packets in SIP
persistent-engine did not call ip_vs_check_template() in case packet was
matching a connection template. Assumption was that real-server was
healthy, since it was sending a packet just in that moment.
There are however real-server fault conditions requiring that association
between call-id and real-server (represented by connection template)
gets updated. Here is an example of the sequence of events:
1) RS1 is a back2back user agent that handled call-id1 and call-id2
2) RS1 is down and was marked as unavailable
3) new message from outside comes to IPVS with call-id1
4) IPVS reschedules the message to RS2, which becomes new call handler
5) RS2 forwards the message outside, translating call-id1 to call-id2
6) inside pe->conn_out() IPVS matches call-id2 with existing template
7) IPVS does not change association call-id2 <-> RS1
8) new message comes from client with call-id2
9) IPVS reschedules the message to a real-server potentially different
from RS2, which is now the correct destination
This patch introduces ip_vs_check_template() call in the handling of
outgoing packets for SIP-pe. And also introduces a second optional
argument for ip_vs_check_template() that allows to check if dest
associated to a connection template is the same dest that was identified
as the source of the packet. This is to change the real-server bound to a
particular call-id independently from its availability status: the idea
is that it's more reliable, for in->out direction (where internal
network can be considered trusted), to always associate a call-id with
the last real-server that used it in one of its messages. Think about
above sequence of events where, just after step 5, RS1 returns instead
to be available.
Comparison of dests is done by simply comparing pointers to struct
ip_vs_dest; there should be no cases where struct ip_vs_dest keeps its
memory address, but represent a different real-server in terms of
ip-address / port.
Fixes: 39b9722315 ("ipvs: handle connections started by real-servers")
Signed-off-by: Marco Angaroni <marcoangaroni@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The existing DSA binding has a number of limitations and problems. The
main problem is that it cannot represent a switch as a linux device,
hanging off some bus. It is limited to one CPU port. The DSA platform
device is artificial, and does not really represent hardware.
Implement a new binding which can be embedded into any type of node on
a bus to represent one switch device, and its links to other switches.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace the two switch statements with an array lookup, and store the
result in the dsa tree structure. The drivers no longer need to know
the selected tag protocol, so remove it from the dsa switch structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new binding will not have a chip data structure, it will place the
routing directly into the switch structure. To enable backwards
compatibility, copy the routing from the chip data into the switch
structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With a maximum of four switches, the size of the routing table is the
same as the pointer to it. Removing it makes the code simpler.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the port device node structure into the port structure, from the
chip data. This information is needed in the next step of implementing
the new binding.
The chip data structure is used while parsing the whole old binding,
before the individual switch structures exist. With the new bindings,
this is reversed, the switches exist first, and the interconnections
between the switches is derived from the individual switch
bindings. Thus this chip data structure becomes unneeded.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
eviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are going to be more per-port members added to the switch
structure. So add a port structure and move the netdev into it.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP has this pecualiarity that its packets cannot be just segmented to
(P)MTU. Its chunks must be contained in IP segments, padding respected.
So we can't just generate a big skb, set gso_size to the fragmentation
point and deliver it to IP layer.
This patch takes a different approach. SCTP will now build a skb as it
would be if it was received using GRO. That is, there will be a cover
skb with protocol headers and children ones containing the actual
segments, already segmented to a way that respects SCTP RFCs.
With that, we can tell skb_segment() to just split based on frag_list,
trusting its sizes are already in accordance.
This way SCTP can benefit from GSO and instead of passing several
packets through the stack, it can pass a single large packet.
v2:
- Added support for receiving GSO frames, as requested by Dave Miller.
- Clear skb->cb if packet is GSO (otherwise it's not used by SCTP)
- Added heuristics similar to what we have in TCP for not generating
single GSO packets that fills cwnd.
v3:
- consider sctphdr size in skb_gso_transport_seglen()
- rebased due to 5c7cdf339a ("gso: Remove arbitrary checks for
unsupported GSO")
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Fix incorrect timestamp in nfnetlink_queue introduced when addressing
y2038 safe timestamp, from Florian Westphal.
2) Get rid of leftover conntrack definition from the previous merge
window, oneliner from Florian.
3) Make nf_queue handler pernet to resolve race on dereferencing the
hook state structure with netns removal, from Eric Biederman.
4) Ensure clean exit on unregistered helper ports, from Taehee Yoo.
5) Restore FLOWI_FLAG_KNOWN_NH in nf_dup_ipv6. This got lost while
generalizing xt_TEE to add packet duplication support in nf_tables,
from Paolo Abeni.
6) Insufficient netlink NFTA_SET_TABLE attribute check in
nf_tables_getset(), from Phil Turnbull.
7) Reject helper registration on duplicated ports via modparams.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit e6afc8ace6 ("udp: remove headers from UDP packets before
queueing"), udp_csum_pull_header() helper was added but missed fact
that CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY packets were now converted to CHECKSUM_NONE
and skb->csum_valid was set to 1 for them.
Since csum_partial() is quite expensive, even for 8-byte area, it is
worth adding a test.
We also can use skb->data instead of udp_hdr() as we are pulling
UDP headers, as it is sightly faster.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver extended capabilities may differ for different
interface types which the userspace needs to know (for
example the fine timing measurement initiator and responder
bits might differ for a station and AP). Add a new nl80211
attribute to provide extended capabilities per interface type
to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously, the status parameter to cfg80211_connect_result() was
documented as using WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE (1) when the real
status code for the failure is not known. This value can be used by an
AP (and often is) and as such, user space cannot distinguish between
explicitly rejected authentication/association and not being able to
even try to associate or not receiving a response from the AP.
Add a new inline function, cfg80211_connect_timeout(), to be used when
the driver knows that the connection attempt failed due to a reason
where connection could not be attempt or no response was received from
the AP. The internal functions now allow a negative status value (-1) to
be used as an indication of this special case. This results in the
NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT to be added to the NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event to
allow user space to determine this case was hit. For backwards
compatibility, NL80211_STATUS_CODE with the value
WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE is still indicated in the event in such
a case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[johannes: fix cfg80211_connect_bss() prototype to use int for status,
add cfg80211_connect_timeout() to docbook, fix docbook]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A recent cleanup moved MAX_IPTUN_ENCAP_OPS along with some other
definitions, but it is now invisible when CONFIG_INET is
not defined, but still referenced from ip6_tunnel.h:
In file included from net/xfrm/xfrm_input.c:17:0:
include/net/ip6_tunnel.h:67:17: error: 'MAX_IPTUN_ENCAP_OPS' undeclared here (not in a function)
ip6tun_encaps[MAX_IPTUN_ENCAP_OPS];
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
This hides the ip6_encap_hlen and ip6_tnl_encap functions inside
of CONFIG_INET so we don't run into the the problem.
Alternatively we could move the macro out of the #ifdef again to
restore the previous behavior
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 55c2bc1432 ("net: Cleanup encap items in ip_tunnels.h")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Florian Weber reported:
> Under full load (unshare() in loop -> OOM conditions) we can
> get kernel panic:
>
> BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000008
> IP: [<ffffffff81476c85>] nfqnl_nf_hook_drop+0x35/0x70
> [..]
> task: ffff88012dfa3840 ti: ffff88012dffc000 task.ti: ffff88012dffc000
> RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff81476c85>] [<ffffffff81476c85>] nfqnl_nf_hook_drop+0x35/0x70
> RSP: 0000:ffff88012dfffd80 EFLAGS: 00010206
> RAX: 0000000000000008 RBX: ffffffff81add0c0 RCX: ffff88013fd80000
> [..]
> Call Trace:
> [<ffffffff81474d98>] nf_queue_nf_hook_drop+0x18/0x20
> [<ffffffff814738eb>] nf_unregister_net_hook+0xdb/0x150
> [<ffffffff8147398f>] netfilter_net_exit+0x2f/0x60
> [<ffffffff8141b088>] ops_exit_list.isra.4+0x38/0x60
> [<ffffffff8141b652>] setup_net+0xc2/0x120
> [<ffffffff8141bd09>] copy_net_ns+0x79/0x120
> [<ffffffff8106965b>] create_new_namespaces+0x11b/0x1e0
> [<ffffffff810698a7>] unshare_nsproxy_namespaces+0x57/0xa0
> [<ffffffff8104baa2>] SyS_unshare+0x1b2/0x340
> [<ffffffff81608276>] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x1e/0xa8
> Code: 65 00 48 89 e5 41 56 41 55 41 54 53 83 e8 01 48 8b 97 70 12 00 00 48 98 49 89 f4 4c 8b 74 c2 18 4d 8d 6e 08 49 81 c6 88 00 00 00 <49> 8b 5d 00 48 85 db 74 1a 48 89 df 4c 89 e2 48 c7 c6 90 68 47
>
The simple fix for this requires a new pernet variable for struct
nf_queue that indicates when it is safe to use the dynamically
allocated nf_queue state.
As we need a variable anyway make nf_register_queue_handler and
nf_unregister_queue_handler pernet. This allows the existing logic of
when it is safe to use the state from the nfnetlink_queue module to be
reused with no changes except for making it per net.
The syncrhonize_rcu from nf_unregister_queue_handler is moved to a new
function nfnl_queue_net_exit_batch so that the worst case of having a
syncrhonize_rcu in the pernet exit path is not experienced in batch
mode.
Reported-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
I found a serious performance bug in packet schedulers using hrtimers.
sch_htb and sch_fq are definitely impacted by this problem.
We constantly rearm high resolution timers if some packets are throttled
in one (or more) class, and other packets are flying through qdisc on
another (non throttled) class.
hrtimer_start() does not have the mod_timer() trick of doing nothing if
expires value does not change :
if (timer_pending(timer) &&
timer->expires == expires)
return 1;
This issue is particularly visible when multiple cpus can queue/dequeue
packets on the same qdisc, as hrtimer code has to lock a remote base.
I used following fix :
1) Change htb to use qdisc_watchdog_schedule_ns() instead of open-coding
it.
2) Cache watchdog prior expiration. hrtimer might provide this, but I
prefer to not rely on some hrtimer internal.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
->sk_shutdown bits share one bitfield with some other bits in sock struct,
such as ->sk_no_check_[r,t]x, ->sk_userlocks ...
sock_setsockopt() may write to these bits, while holding the socket lock.
In case of AF_UNIX sockets, we change ->sk_shutdown bits while holding only
unix_state_lock(). So concurrent setsockopt() and shutdown() may lead
to corrupting these bits.
Fix this by moving ->sk_shutdown bits out of bitfield into a separate byte.
This will not change the 'struct sock' size since ->sk_shutdown moved into
previously unused 16-bit hole.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Ryabinin <aryabinin@virtuozzo.com>
Suggested-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add a new fou6 module that provides encapsulation
operations for IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add encap_hlen and ip_tunnel_encap structure to ip6_tnl. Add functions
for getting encap hlen, setting up encap on a tunnel, performing
encapsulation operation.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create __fou_build_header and __gue_build_header. These implement the
protocol generic parts of building the fou and gue header.
fou_build_header and gue_build_header implement the IPv4 specific
functions and call the __*_build_header functions.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Consolidate all the ip_tunnel_encap definitions in one spot in the
header file. Also, move ip_encap_hlen and ip_tunnel_encap from
ip_tunnel.c to ip_tunnels.h so they call be called without a dependency
on ip_tunnel module. Similarly, move iptun_encaps to ip_tunnel_core.c.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT is disabled, we get a new warning in the mlx5
ethernet driver because the tc_for_each_action() loop never references
the iterator:
mellanox/mlx5/core/en_tc.c: In function 'mlx5e_stats_flower':
mellanox/mlx5/core/en_tc.c:431:20: error: unused variable 'a' [-Werror=unused-variable]
struct tc_action *a;
This changes the dummy tc_for_each_action() macro by adding a
cast to void, letting the compiler know that the variable is
intentionally declared but not used here. I could not come up
with a nicer workaround, but this seems to do the trick.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: aad7e08d39 ("net/mlx5e: Hardware offloaded flower filter statistics support")
Fixes: 00175aec94 ("net/sched: Macro instead of CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT ifdef")
Acked-By: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The problem is that fib_info->nh is [0] so the struct fib_info
allocation size depends on number of nexthops. If we just copy fib_info,
we do not copy the nexthops info and driver accesses memory which is not
ours.
Given the fact that fib4 does not defer operations and therefore it does
not need copy, just pass the pointer down to drivers as it was done
before.
Fixes: 850d0cbc91 ("switchdev: remove pointers from switchdev objects")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function is not used anymore. nla_put_u64_64bit() should be used
instead.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new command in ndo_setup_tc() for hardware offloaded
filters, to call the NIC driver, and make it update the statistics.
This will be done before dumping the filter and its statistics.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce stats_update callback. netdev driver could call it for offloaded
actions to update the basic statistics (packets, bytes and last use).
Since bstats_update() and bstats_cpu_update() use skb as an argument to
get the counters, _bstats_update() and _bstats_cpu_update(), that get
bytes and packets as arguments, were added.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On devices that support TC U32 offloads, this flag enables a filter to be
added only to HW. skip-sw and skip-hw are mutually exclusive flags. By
default without any flags, the filter is added to both HW and SW, but no
error checks are done in case of failure to add to HW. With skip-sw,
failure to add to HW is treated as an error.
Here is a sample script that adds 2 filters, one with skip-sw and the other
with skip-hw flag.
# add ingress qdisc
tc qdisc add dev p4p1 ingress
# enable hw tc offload.
ethtool -K p4p1 hw-tc-offload on
# add u32 filter with skip-sw flag.
tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:1 u32 ht 800: flowid 800:1 \
skip-sw \
match ip src 192.168.1.0/24 \
action drop
# add u32 filter with skip-hw flag.
tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:2 u32 ht 800: flowid 800:2 \
skip-hw \
match ip src 192.168.2.0/24 \
action drop
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When dealing with WCCP in gre6 tunnel, it sets the wrong tpi->protocol,
that is, ETH_P_IP instead of ETH_P_IPV6 for the encapuslated traffic.
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* completion and fixups of nla_put_64_64bit() work
* remove a/b/g/n from wext nickname to avoid confusion
with 11ac (which wouldn't even fit fully there due to
string length restrictions)
along with some other minor changes/cleanups.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=QNxF
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-05-12' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Some more work for 4.7, notably:
* completion and fixups of nla_put_64_64bit() work
* remove a/b/g/n from wext nickname to avoid confusion
with 11ac (which wouldn't even fit fully there due to
string length restrictions)
along with some other minor changes/cleanups.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using RSS, frames might not be processed in the correct order,
and thus AP_LINK_PS must be used; most likely with firmware keeping
track of the powersave state, this is the case in iwlwifi now.
In this case, the driver can use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to
still have mac80211 manage powersave buffering. However, for U-APSD
and PS-Poll this isn't sufficient. If the device can't manage that
entirely on its own, mac80211's code should be used.
To allow this, export two functions: ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger()
and ieee80211_sta_pspoll().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no harm in having drivers read the list, since they can
use RCU protection or RTNL locking; allow this to not require
each and every driver to also implement its own bookkeeping.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows finding vendor IE from a specific vendor.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some hardware (iwlwifi an example) de-aggregate AMSDUs and copy the IV
as is to the generated MPDUs, so the same PN appears in multiple
packets without being a replay attack. Allow driver to explicitly
indicate that a frame is allowed to have the same PN as the previous
frame.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is the first NFC pull request for 4.7. With this one we
mainly have:
- Support for NXP's pn532 NFC chipset. The pn532 is based on the same
microcontroller as the pn533, but it talks to the host through i2c
instead of USB. By separating the pn533 driver into core and PHY
parts, we can not add the i2c layer and support the pn532 chipset.
- Support for NCI's loopback mode. This is a testing mode where each
packet received by the NFCC is sent back to the DH, allowing the
host to test that the controller can receive and send data.
- A few ACPI related fixes for the STMicro drivers, in order to match
the device tree naming scheme.
- A bunch of cleanups for the st-nci and the st21nfca STMicro drivers.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=zM22
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-4.7-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
Samuel Ortiz says:
====================
NFC 4.7 pull request
This is the first NFC pull request for 4.7. With this one we
mainly have:
- Support for NXP's pn532 NFC chipset. The pn532 is based on the same
microcontroller as the pn533, but it talks to the host through i2c
instead of USB. By separating the pn533 driver into core and PHY
parts, we can not add the i2c layer and support the pn532 chipset.
- Support for NCI's loopback mode. This is a testing mode where each
packet received by the NFCC is sent back to the DH, allowing the
host to test that the controller can receive and send data.
- A few ACPI related fixes for the STMicro drivers, in order to match
the device tree naming scheme.
- A bunch of cleanups for the st-nci and the st21nfca STMicro drivers.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_switch structure contains a dsa_chip_data member called pd.
However in the rest of the code, pd is used for dsa_platform_data.
This is confusing. Rename it cd, which is already often used in dsa.c
and slave.c for this data type.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switch drivers only use the master_dev member for dev_info()
messages. Now that the device is passed to the old style probe, and
new style drivers are probed as true linux drivers, this is no longer
needed.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Resetting the switch is something the driver does, not the framework.
So move the parsing of this property into the driver.
There are no in kernel users of this property, so moving it does not
break anything. There is however a board which will make use of this
property making its way into the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Applications such as OSPF and BFD need the original ingress device not
the VRF device; the latter can be derived from the former. To that end
add the skb_iif to inet_skb_parm and set it in ipv4 code after clearing
the skb control buffer similar to IPv6. From there the pktinfo can just
pull it from cb with the PKTINFO_SKB_CB cast.
The previous patch moving the skb->dev change to L3 means nothing else
is needed for IPv6; it just works.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the VRF driver uses the rx_handler to switch the skb device
to the VRF device. Switching the dev prior to the ip / ipv6 layer
means the VRF driver has to duplicate IP/IPv6 processing which adds
overhead and makes features such as retaining the ingress device index
more complicated than necessary.
This patch moves the hook to the L3 layer just after the first NF_HOOK
for PRE_ROUTING. This location makes exposing the original ingress device
trivial (next patch) and allows adding other NF_HOOKs to the VRF driver
in the future.
dev_queue_xmit_nit is exported so that the VRF driver can cycle the skb
with the switched device through the packet taps to maintain current
behavior (tcpdump can be used on either the vrf device or the enslaved
devices).
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace 2 arguments (cnt and rtt) in the congestion control modules'
pkts_acked() function with a struct. This will allow adding more
information without having to modify existing congestion control
modules (tcp_nv in particular needs bytes in flight when packet
was sent).
As proposed by Neal Cardwell in his comments to the tcp_nv patch.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an initial implementation of a netdev driver for GTP datapath
(GTP-U) v0 and v1, according to the GSM TS 09.60 and 3GPP TS 29.060
standards. This tunneling protocol is used to prevent subscribers from
accessing mobile carrier core network infrastructure.
This implementation requires a GGSN userspace daemon that implements the
signaling protocol (GTP-C), such as OpenGGSN [1]. This userspace daemon
updates the PDP context database that represents active subscriber
sessions through a genetlink interface.
For more context on this tunneling protocol, you can check the slides
that were presented during the NetDev 1.1 [2].
Only IPv4 is supported at this time.
[1] http://git.osmocom.org/openggsn/
[2] http://www.netdevconf.org/1.1/proceedings/slides/schultz-welte-osmocom-gtp.pdf
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move l3mdev_rt6_dst_by_oif and l3mdev_get_saddr to l3mdev.c. Collapse
l3mdev_get_rt6_dst into l3mdev_rt6_dst_by_oif since it is the only
user and keep the l3mdev_get_rt6_dst name for consistency with other
hooks.
A follow-on patch adds more code to these functions making them long
for inlined functions.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In netdevice.h we removed the structure in net-next that is being
changes in 'net'. In macsec.c and rtnetlink.c we have overlaps
between fixes in 'net' and the u64 attribute changes in 'net-next'.
The mlx5 conflicts have to do with vxlan support dependencies.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following large patchset contains Netfilter updates for your
net-next tree. My initial intention was to send you this in two goes but
when I looked back twice I already had this burden on top of me.
Several updates for IPVS from Marco Angaroni:
1) Allow SIP connections originating from real-servers to be load
balanced by the SIP persistence engine as is already implemented
in the other direction.
2) Release connections immediately for One-packet-scheduling (OPS)
in IPVS, instead of making it via timer and rcu callback.
3) Skip deleting conntracks for each one packet in OPS, and don't call
nf_conntrack_alter_reply() since no reply is expected.
4) Enable drop on exhaustion for OPS + SIP persistence.
Miscelaneous conntrack updates from Florian Westphal, including fix for
hash resize:
5) Move conntrack generation counter out of conntrack pernet structure
since this is only used by the init_ns to allow hash resizing.
6) Use get_random_once() from packet path to collect hash random seed
instead of our compound.
7) Don't disable BH from ____nf_conntrack_find() for statistics,
use NF_CT_STAT_INC_ATOMIC() instead.
8) Fix lookup race during conntrack hash resizing.
9) Introduce clash resolution on conntrack insertion for connectionless
protocol.
Then, Florian's netns rework to get rid of per-netns conntrack table,
thus we use one single table for them all. There was consensus on this
change during the NFWS 2015 and, on top of that, it has recently been
pointed as a source of multiple problems from unpriviledged netns:
11) Use a single conntrack hashtable for all namespaces. Include netns
in object comparisons and make it part of the hash calculation.
Adapt early_drop() to consider netns.
12) Use single expectation and NAT hashtable for all namespaces.
13) Use a single slab cache for all namespaces for conntrack objects.
14) Skip full table scanning from nf_ct_iterate_cleanup() if the pernet
conntrack counter tells us the table is empty (ie. equals zero).
Fixes for nf_tables interval set element handling, support to set
conntrack connlabels and allow set names up to 32 bytes.
15) Parse element flags from element deletion path and pass it up to the
backend set implementation.
16) Allow adjacent intervals in the rbtree set type for dynamic interval
updates.
17) Add support to set connlabel from nf_tables, from Florian Westphal.
18) Allow set names up to 32 bytes in nf_tables.
Several x_tables fixes and updates:
19) Fix incorrect use of IS_ERR_VALUE() in x_tables, original patch
from Andrzej Hajda.
And finally, miscelaneous netfilter updates such as:
20) Disable automatic helper assignment by default. Note this proc knob
was introduced by a900689264 ("netfilter: nf_ct_helper: allow to
disable automatic helper assignment") 4 years ago to start moving
towards explicit conntrack helper configuration via iptables CT
target.
21) Get rid of obsolete and inconsistent debugging instrumentation
in x_tables.
22) Remove unnecessary check for null after ip6_route_output().
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An earlier patch changed lookup side to also net_eq() namespaces after
obtaining a reference on the conntrack, so a single kmemcache can be used.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We already include netns address in the hash, so we only need to use
net_eq in find_appropriate_src and can then put all entries into
same table.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Refactor tcp_skb_cb to create two overlaping areas to store
state for incoming or outgoing skbs based on comments by
Neal Cardwell to tcp_nv patch:
AFAICT this patch would not require an increase in the size of
sk_buff cb[] if it were to take advantage of the fact that the
tcp_skb_cb header.h4 and header.h6 fields are only used in the packet
reception code path, and this in_flight field is only used on the
transmit side.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The setting of the UDP tunnel GSO type is already performed by
udp[46]_gro_complete().
Signed-off-by: Jarno Rajahalme <jarno@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We already include netns address in the hash and compare the netns pointers
during lookup, so even if namespaces have overlapping addresses entries
will be spread across the expectation table.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently, we support set names of up to 16 bytes, get this aligned
with the maximum length we can use in ipset to make it easier when
considering migration to nf_tables.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch introduces nf_ct_resolve_clash() to resolve race condition on
conntrack insertions.
This is particularly a problem for connection-less protocols such as
UDP, with no initial handshake. Two or more packets may race to insert
the entry resulting in packet drops.
Another problematic scenario are packets enqueued to userspace via
NFQUEUE after the raw table, that make it easier to trigger this
race.
To resolve this, the idea is to reset the conntrack entry to the one
that won race. Packet and bytes counters are also merged.
The 'insert_failed' stats still accounts for this situation, after
this patch, the drop counter is bumped whenever we drop packets, so we
can watch for unresolved clashes.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We already include netns address in the hash and compare the netns pointers
during lookup, so even if namespaces have overlapping addresses entries
will be spread across the table.
Assuming 64k bucket size, this change saves 0.5 mbyte per namespace on a
64bit system.
NAT bysrc and expectation hash is still per namespace, those will
changed too soon.
Future patch will also make conntrack object slab cache global again.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-05-04
This series contains updates to ixgbe, ixgbevf and traffic class helpers.
Sridhar adds helper functions to the tc_mirred header to access tcf_mirred
information and then implements them for ixgbe to enable redirection to
a SRIOV VF or an offloaded MACVLAN device queue via tc 'mirred' action.
Amritha adds support to set filters with multiple header fields (L3,L4)
to match on.
KY Srinivasan from Microsoft add Hyper-V support into ixgbevf.
Emil adds 82599 sub-device IDs that were missing from the list of parts
that support WoL. Then simplified the logic we use to determine WoL
support by reading the EEPROM bits for MACs X540 and newer.
Preethi cleaned up duplicate and unused device IDs. Fixed our ethtool
stat reporting where we were ignoring higher 32 bits of stats registers,
so fill out 64 bit stat values into two 32 bit words.
Babu Moger from Oracle improves VF performance issues on SPARC.
Alex Duyck cleans up some of the Hyper-V implementation from KY so that
we can just use function pointers instead of having to identify if a
given VF is running on a Linux or Windows PF.
Usha makes sure that DCB and FCoE is disabled for X550EM_x/a MACs and
cleans up the DCB initialization in the process.
Tony cleans up the API for ixgbevf_update_xcast_mode() so we do not
have to pass in the netdev parameter, since it was never used in the
function.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_snd_una_update() and tcp_rcv_nxt_update() call
u64_stats_update_begin() either from process context or BH handler.
This triggers a lockdep splat on 32bit & SMP builds.
We could add u64_stats_update_begin_bh() variant but this would
slow down 32bit builds with useless local_disable_bh() and
local_enable_bh() pairs, since we own the socket lock at this point.
I add sock_owned_by_me() helper to have proper lockdep support
even on 64bit builds, and new u64_stats_update_begin_raw()
and u64_stats_update_end_raw methods.
Fixes: c10d9310ed ("tcp: do not assume TCP code is non preemptible")
Reported-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Diagnosed-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2016-05-04
1) The flowcache can hit an OOM condition if too
many entries are in the gc_list. Fix this by
counting the entries in the gc_list and refuse
new allocations if the value is too high.
2) The inner headers are invalid after a xfrm transformation,
so reset the skb encapsulation field to ensure nobody tries
access the inner headers. Otherwise tunnel devices stacked
on top of xfrm may build the outer headers based on wrong
informations.
3) Add pmtu handling to vti, we need it to report
pmtu informations for local generated packets.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For ipgre interfaces in collect metadata mode, receive also traffic with
encapsulated Ethernet headers. The lwtunnel users are supposed to sort this
out correctly. This allows to have mixed Ethernet + L3-only traffic on the
same lwtunnel interface. This is the same way as VXLAN-GPE behaves.
To keep backwards compatibility and prevent any surprises, gretap interfaces
have priority in receiving packets with Ethernet headers.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's easier for gre_parse_header to return the header length instead of
filing it into a parameter. That way, the callers that don't care about the
header length can just check whether the returned value is lower than zero.
In gre_err, the tunnel header must not be pulled. See commit b7f8fe251e
("gre: do not pull header in ICMP error processing") for details.
This patch reduces the conflict between the mentioned commit and commit
95f5c64c3c ("gre: Move utility functions to common headers").
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/ipv4/ip_gre.c
Minor conflicts between tunnel bug fixes in net and
ipv6 tunnel cleanups in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For test purpose, provide the generic nci loopback function.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
According to NCI specification, destination type and destination
specific parameters shall uniquely identify a single destination
for the Logical Connection.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
In the sendmsg function of UDP, raw, ICMP and l2tp sockets, we use local
variables like hlimits, tclass, opt and dontfrag and pass them to corresponding
functions like ip6_make_skb, ip6_append_data and xxx_push_pending_frames.
This is not a good practice and makes it hard to add new parameters.
This fix introduces a new struct ipcm6_cookie similar to ipcm_cookie in
ipv4 and include the above mentioned variables. And we only pass the
pointer to this structure to corresponding functions. This makes it easier
to add new parameters in the future and makes the function cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hosts sending lot of ACK packets exhibit high sock_wfree() cost
because of cache line miss to test SOCK_USE_WRITE_QUEUE
We could move this flag close to sk_wmem_alloc but it is better
to perform the atomic_sub_and_test() on a clean cache line,
as it avoid one extra bus transaction.
skb_orphan_partial() can also have a fast track for packets that either
are TCP acks, or already went through another skb_orphan_partial()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to perform an additional check on the inner headers to determine if
we can offload the checksum for them. Previously this check didn't occur
so we would generate an invalid frame in the case of an IPv6 header
encapsulated inside of an IPv4 tunnel. To fix this I added a secondary
check to vxlan_features_check so that we can verify that we can offload the
inner checksum.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add callbacks to calculate the size and fill link extended statistics
which can be split into multiple messages and are dumped via the new
rtnl stats API (RTM_GETSTATS) with the IFLA_STATS_LINK_XSTATS attribute.
Also add that attribute to the idx mask check since it is expected to
be able to save state and resume dumping (e.g. future bridge per-vlan
stats will be dumped via this attribute and callbacks).
Each link type should nest its private attributes under the per-link type
attribute. This allows to have any number of separated private attributes
and to avoid one call to get the dev link type.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A few generic changes to generalize tunnels in IPv6:
- Export ip6_tnl_change_mtu so that it can be called by ip6_gre
- Add tun_hlen to ip6_tnl structure.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create common functions for both IPv4 and IPv6 GRE in transmit. These
are put into gre.h.
Common functions are for:
- GRE checksum calculation. Move gre_checksum to gre.h.
- Building a GRE header. Move GRE build_header and rename
gre_build_header.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch renames ip6_tnl_xmit2 to ip6_tnl_xmit and exports it. Other
users like GRE will be able to call this. The original ip6_tnl_xmit
function is renamed to ip6_tnl_start_xmit (this is an ndo_start_xmit
function).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several of the GRE functions defined in net/ipv4/ip_gre.c are usable
for IPv6 GRE implementation (that is they are protocol agnostic).
These include:
- GRE flag handling functions are move to gre.h
- GRE build_header is moved to gre.h and renamed gre_build_header
- parse_gre_header is moved to gre_demux.c and renamed gre_parse_header
- iptunnel_pull_header is taken out of gre_parse_header. This is now
done by caller. The header length is returned from gre_parse_header
in an int* argument.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some basic changes to make IPv6 tunnel receive path look more like
IPv4 path:
- Make ip6_tnl_rcv non-static so that GREv6 and others can call it
- Make ip6_tnl_rcv look like ip_tunnel_rcv
- Switch to gro_cells_receive
- Make ip6_tnl_rcv non-static and export it
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Large sendmsg()/write() hold socket lock for the duration of the call,
unless sk->sk_sndbuf limit is hit. This is bad because incoming packets
are parked into socket backlog for a long time.
Critical decisions like fast retransmit might be delayed.
Receivers have to maintain a big out of order queue with additional cpu
overhead, and also possible stalls in TX once windows are full.
Bidirectional flows are particularly hurt since the backlog can become
quite big if the copy from user space triggers IO (page faults)
Some applications learnt to use sendmsg() (or sendmmsg()) with small
chunks to avoid this issue.
Kernel should know better, right ?
Add a generic sk_flush_backlog() helper and use it right
before a new skb is allocated. Typically we put 64KB of payload
per skb (unless MSG_EOR is requested) and checking socket backlog
every 64KB gives good results.
As a matter of fact, tests with TSO/GSO disabled give very nice
results, as we manage to keep a small write queue and smaller
perceived rtt.
Note that sk_flush_backlog() maintains socket ownership,
so is not equivalent to a {release_sock(sk); lock_sock(sk);},
to ensure implicit atomicity rules that sendmsg() was
giving to (possibly buggy) applications.
In this simple implementation, I chose to not call tcp_release_cb(),
but we might consider this later.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@fb.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dave Miller pointed out that fb586f2530 ("sctp: delay calls to
sk_data_ready() as much as possible") may insert latency specially if
the receiving application is running on another CPU and that it would be
better if we signalled as early as possible.
This patch thus basically inverts the logic on fb586f2530 and signals
it as early as possible, similar to what we had before.
Fixes: fb586f2530 ("sctp: delay calls to sk_data_ready() as much as possible")
Reported-by: Dave Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch overloads the DSA master netdev, aka CPU Ethernet MAC to also
include switch-side statistics, which is useful for debugging purposes,
when the switch is not properly connected to the Ethernet MAC (duplex
mismatch, (RG)MII electrical issues etc.).
We accomplish this by retaining the original copy of the master netdev's
ethtool_ops, and just overload the 3 operations we care about:
get_sset_count, get_strings and get_ethtool_stats so as to intercept
these calls and call into the original master_netdev ethtool_ops, plus
our own.
We take this approach as opposed to providing a set of DSA helper
functions that would retrive the CPU port's statistics, because the
entire purpose of DSA is to allow unmodified Ethernet MAC drivers to be
used as CPU conduit interfaces, therefore, statistics overlay in such
drivers would simply not scale.
The new ethtool -S <iface> output would therefore look like this now:
<iface> statistics
p<2 digits cpu port number>_<switch MIB counter names>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mac80211 (which will be the first user of the
fq.h) recently started to support software A-MSDU
aggregation. It glues skbuffs together into a
single one so the backlog accounting needs to be
more fine-grained.
To avoid backlog sorting logic duplication split
it up for re-use.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds an eor bit to the TCP_SKB_CB. When MSG_EOR
is passed to tcp_sendmsg, the eor bit will be set at the skb
containing the last byte of the userland's msg. The eor bit
will prevent data from appending to that skb in the future.
The change in do_tcp_sendpages is to honor the eor set
during the previous tcp_sendmsg(MSG_EOR) call.
This patch handles the tcp_sendmsg case. The followup patches
will handle other skb coalescing and fragment cases.
One potential use case is to use MSG_EOR with
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_ACK to get a more accurate
TCP ack timestamping on application protocol with
multiple outgoing response messages (e.g. HTTP2).
Packetdrill script for testing:
~~~~~~
+0 `sysctl -q -w net.ipv4.tcp_min_tso_segs=10`
+0 `sysctl -q -w net.ipv4.tcp_no_metrics_save=1`
+0 socket(..., SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP) = 3
+0 setsockopt(3, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, [1], 4) = 0
+0 bind(3, ..., ...) = 0
+0 listen(3, 1) = 0
0.100 < S 0:0(0) win 32792 <mss 1460,sackOK,nop,nop,nop,wscale 7>
0.100 > S. 0:0(0) ack 1 <mss 1460,nop,nop,sackOK,nop,wscale 7>
0.200 < . 1:1(0) ack 1 win 257
0.200 accept(3, ..., ...) = 4
+0 setsockopt(4, SOL_TCP, TCP_NODELAY, [1], 4) = 0
0.200 write(4, ..., 14600) = 14600
0.200 sendto(4, ..., 730, MSG_EOR, ..., ...) = 730
0.200 sendto(4, ..., 730, MSG_EOR, ..., ...) = 730
0.200 > . 1:7301(7300) ack 1
0.200 > P. 7301:14601(7300) ack 1
0.300 < . 1:1(0) ack 14601 win 257
0.300 > P. 14601:15331(730) ack 1
0.300 > P. 15331:16061(730) ack 1
0.400 < . 1:1(0) ack 16061 win 257
0.400 close(4) = 0
0.400 > F. 16061:16061(0) ack 1
0.400 < F. 1:1(0) ack 16062 win 257
0.400 > . 16062:16062(0) ack 2
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I accidentally replaced BH disabling by preemption disabling
in SNMP_ADD_STATS64() and SNMP_UPD_PO_STATS64() on 32bit builds.
For 64bit stats on 32bit arch, we really need to disable BH,
since the "struct u64_stats_sync syncp" might be manipulated
both from process and BH contexts.
Fixes: 6aef70a851 ("net: snmp: kill various STATS_USER() helpers")
Reported-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SOCKWQ_ASYNC_WAITDATA is set/cleared in sk_wait_data()
and equivalent functions, so that sock_wake_async() can send
a SIGIO only when necessary.
Since these atomic operations are really not needed unless
socket expressed interest in FASYNC, we can omit them in most
cases.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SOCKWQ_ASYNC_NOSPACE is tested in sock_wake_async()
so that a SIGIO signal is sent when needed.
tcp_sendmsg() clears the bit.
tcp_poll() sets the bit when stream is not writeable.
We can avoid two atomic operations by first checking if socket
is actually interested in the FASYNC business (most sockets in
real applications do not use AIO, but select()/poll()/epoll())
This also removes one cache line miss to access sk->sk_wq->flags
in tcp_sendmsg()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is nothing related to BH in SNMP counters anymore,
since linux-3.0.
Rename helpers to use __ prefix instead of _BH prefix,
for contexts where preemption is disabled.
This more closely matches convention used to update
percpu variables.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename IP6_UPD_PO_STATS_BH() to __IP6_UPD_PO_STATS()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename IP6_INC_STATS_BH() to __IP6_INC_STATS()
and IP6_ADD_STATS_BH() to __IP6_ADD_STATS()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename NET_INC_STATS_BH() to __NET_INC_STATS()
and NET_ADD_STATS_BH() to __NET_ADD_STATS()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename IP_UPD_PO_STATS_BH() to __IP_UPD_PO_STATS()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename ICMP6_INC_STATS_BH() to __ICMP6_INC_STATS()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename IP_INC_STATS_BH() to __IP_INC_STATS(), to
better express this is used in non preemptible context.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename SCTP_INC_STATS_BH() to __SCTP_INC_STATS()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename UDP_INC_STATS_BH() to __UDP_INC_STATS(),
and UDP6_INC_STATS_BH() to __UDP6_INC_STATS()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename ICMP_INC_STATS_BH() to __ICMP_INC_STATS()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the old days (before linux-3.0), SNMP counters were duplicated,
one for user context, and one for BH context.
After commit 8f0ea0fe3a ("snmp: reduce percpu needs by 50%")
we have a single copy, and what really matters is preemption being
enabled or disabled, since we use this_cpu_inc() or __this_cpu_inc()
respectively.
We therefore kill SNMP_INC_STATS_USER(), SNMP_ADD_STATS_USER(),
NET_INC_STATS_USER(), NET_ADD_STATS_USER(), SCTP_INC_STATS_USER(),
SNMP_INC_STATS64_USER(), SNMP_ADD_STATS64_USER(), TCP_ADD_STATS_USER(),
UDP_INC_STATS_USER(), UDP6_INC_STATS_USER(), and XFRM_INC_STATS_USER()
Following patches will rename __BH helpers to make clear their
usage is not tied to BH being disabled.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor overlapping changes in the conflicts.
In the macsec case, the change of the default ID macro
name overlapped with the 64-bit netlink attribute alignment
fixes in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2016-04-26
Here's another set of Bluetooth & 802.15.4 patches for the 4.7 kernel:
- Cleanups & refactoring of ieee802154 & 6lowpan code
- Security related additions to ieee802154 and mrf24j40 driver
- Memory corruption fix to Bluetooth 6lowpan code
- Race condition fix in vhci driver
- Enhancements to the atusb 802.15.4 driver
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since cfg80211 maintains separate BSS table entries for APs if the same
BSSID, SSID pair is seen on multiple channels, it is possible that it
can map the current_bss to a BSS entry on the wrong channel. This
current_bss will not get flushed unless disconnected and cfg80211
reports a wrong channel as the associated channel.
Fix this by introducing a new cfg80211_connect_bss() function which is
similar to cfg80211_connect_result(), but it includes an additional
parameter: the bss the STA is connected to. This allows drivers to
provide the exact bss entry that matches the BSS to which the connection
was completed.
Reviewed-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <usdutt@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for the a station statistics netlink attribute:
NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION.
If present, this attribute contains the aggregate PPDU duration (in
microseconds) for all the frames from the peer. This is useful to
help understand the total time spent transmitting to us by all of
the connected peers.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This works on the same implementation principle as
codel*.h, i.e. there's a generic header with
structures and macros and a implementation header
carrying function definitions to include in given,
e.g. driver or module.
The fairness logic comes from
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c but is generalized so it
is more flexible and easier to re-use.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was impossible to include codel.h for the
purpose of having access to codel_params or
codel_vars structure definitions and using them
for embedding in other more complex structures.
This splits allows codel.h itself to be treated
like any other header file while codel_qdisc.h and
codel_impl.h contain function definitions with
logic that was previously in codel.h.
This copies over copyrights and doesn't involve
code changes other than adding a few additional
include directives to net/sched/sch*codel.c.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This strips out qdisc specific bits from the code
and makes it slightly more reusable. Codel will be
used by wireless/mac80211 in the future.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 751a587ac9 ("route: fix breakage after moving lwtunnel state")
moved lwtstate to the end of dst_entry for 32bit archs. This makes it share
the cacheline with __refcnt which had an unkown effect on performance. For
this reason, the pointer was kept in place for 64bit archs.
However, later performance measurements showed this is of no concern. It
turns out that every performance sensitive path that accesses lwtstate
accesses also struct rtable or struct rt6_info which share the same cache
line.
Thus, to get rid of a few #ifdefs, move the field to the end of the struct
also for 64bit.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
d894ba18d4 ("soreuseport: fix ordering for mixed v4/v6 sockets")
was merged as a bug fix to the net tree. Two conflicting changes
were committed to net-next before the above fix was merged back to
net-next:
ca065d0cf8 ("udp: no longer use SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU")
3b24d854cb ("tcp/dccp: do not touch listener sk_refcnt under synflood")
These changes switched the datastructure used for TCP and UDP sockets
from hlist_nulls to hlist. This patch applies the necessary parts
of the net tree fix to net-next which were not automatic as part of the
merge.
Fixes: 1602f49b58 ("Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net")
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Valdis reported tons of stack dumps caused by WARN_ON() in
sock_owned_by_user()
This test needs to be relaxed if/when lockdep disables itself.
Note that other lockdep_sock_is_held() callers are all from
rcu_dereference_protected() sections which already are disabled
if/when lockdep has been disabled.
Fixes: fafc4e1ea1 ("sock: tigthen lockdep checks for sock_owned_by_user")
Reported-by: Valdis Kletnieks <Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simon Horman says:
====================
IPVS Updates for v4.7
please consider these enhancements to the IPVS. They allow SIP connections
originating from real-servers to be load balanced by the SIP psersitence
engine as is already implemented in the other direction. And for better one
packet scheduling (OPS) performance.
====================
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
As earlier commit removed accessed to the hash from other files we can
also make it static.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We only allow rehash in init namespace, so we only use
init_ns.generation. And even if we would allow it, it makes no sense
as the conntrack locks are global; any ongoing rehash prevents insert/
delete.
So make this private to nf_conntrack_core instead.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Linux TCP stack painfully segments all TSO/GSO packets before retransmits.
This was fine back in the days when TSO/GSO were emerging, with their
bugs, but we believe the dark age is over.
Keeping big packets in write queues, but also in stack traversal
has a lot of benefits.
- Less memory overhead, because write queues have less skbs
- Less cpu overhead at ACK processing.
- Better SACK processing, as lot of studies mentioned how
awful linux was at this ;)
- Less cpu overhead to send the rtx packets
(IP stack traversal, netfilter traversal, drivers...)
- Better latencies in presence of losses.
- Smaller spikes in fq like packet schedulers, as retransmits
are not constrained by TCP Small Queues.
1 % packet losses are common today, and at 100Gbit speeds, this
translates to ~80,000 losses per second.
Losses are often correlated, and we see many retransmit events
leading to 1-MSS train of packets, at the time hosts are already
under stress.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using switchdev deferred operation (SWITCHDEV_F_DEFER), the operation
is executed in different context and the application doesn't have any way
to get the operation real status.
Adding a completion callback fixes that. This patch adds fields to
switchdev_attr and switchdev_obj "complete_priv" field which is used by
the "complete" callback.
Application can set a complete function which will be called once the
operation executed.
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree, mostly from Florian Westphal to sort out the lack of sufficient
validation in x_tables and connlabel preparation patches to add
nf_tables support. They are:
1) Ensure we don't go over the ruleset blob boundaries in
mark_source_chains().
2) Validate that target jumps land on an existing xt_entry. This extra
sanitization comes with a performance penalty when loading the ruleset.
3) Introduce xt_check_entry_offsets() and use it from {arp,ip,ip6}tables.
4) Get rid of the smallish check_entry() functions in {arp,ip,ip6}tables.
5) Make sure the minimal possible target size in x_tables.
6) Similar to #3, add xt_compat_check_entry_offsets() for compat code.
7) Check that standard target size is valid.
8) More sanitization to ensure that the target_offset field is correct.
9) Add xt_check_entry_match() to validate that matches are well-formed.
10-12) Three patch to reduce the number of parameters in
translate_compat_table() for {arp,ip,ip6}tables by using a container
structure.
13) No need to return value from xt_compat_match_from_user(), so make
it void.
14) Consolidate translate_table() so it can be used by compat code too.
15) Remove obsolete check for compat code, so we keep consistent with
what was already removed in the native layout code (back in 2007).
16) Get rid of target jump validation from mark_source_chains(),
obsoleted by #2.
17) Introduce xt_copy_counters_from_user() to consolidate counter
copying, and use it from {arp,ip,ip6}tables.
18,22) Get rid of unnecessary explicit inlining in ctnetlink for dump
functions.
19) Move nf_connlabel_match() to xt_connlabel.
20) Skip event notification if connlabel did not change.
21) Update of nf_connlabels_get() to make the upcoming nft connlabel
support easier.
23) Remove spinlock to read protocol state field in conntrack.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this function, nla_data() is aligned on a 64-bit area.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nla_data() is now aligned on a 64-bit area.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nla_data() is now aligned on a 64-bit area.
In fact, there is no user of this function.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nla_data() is now aligned on a 64-bit area.
The temporary function nla_put_be64_32bit() is removed in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nla_data() is now aligned on a 64-bit area.
A temporary version (nla_put_be64_32bit()) is added for nla_put_net64().
This function is removed in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nla_data() is now aligned on a 64-bit area.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts were two cases of simple overlapping changes,
nothing serious.
In the UDP case, we need to add a hlist_add_tail_rcu()
to linux/rculist.h, because we've moved UDP socket handling
away from using nulls lists.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the set of possible HCI bus types with SPI and I2C.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Equivalent to "vxlan: break dependency with netdev drivers", don't
autoload geneve module in case the driver is loaded. Instead make the
coupling weaker by using netdevice notifiers as proxy.
Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently all drivers depend and autoload the vxlan module because how
vxlan_get_rx_port is linked into them. Remove this dependency:
By using a new event type in the netdevice notifier call chain we proxy
the request from the drivers to flush and resetup the vxlan ports not
directly via function call but by the already existing netdevice
notifier call chain.
I added a separate new event type, NETDEV_OFFLOAD_PUSH_VXLAN, to do so.
We don't need to save those ids, as the event type field is an unsigned
long and using specialized event types for this purpose seemed to be a
more elegant way. This also comes in beneficial if in future we want to
add offloading knobs for vxlan.
Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Having the tag protocol in dsa_switch_driver for setup time and in
dsa_switch_tree for runtime is enough. Remove dsa_switch's one.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Netlink messages are appended, one object at a time, to the end of
the SKB. Therefore we need to test skb_tail_pointer() not skb->data
for alignment.
Fixes: 35c5845957 ("net: Add helpers for 64-bit aligning netlink attributes.")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS needs CONFIG_ prefix.
Also add a comment in nla_align_64bit() explaining we have
to add a padding if current skb->data is aligned, as it
certainly can be confusing.
Fixes: 35c5845957 ("net: Add helpers for 64-bit aligning netlink attributes.")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using LVS-NAT and SIP persistence-egine over UDP, the following
limitations are present with current implementation:
1) To actually have load-balancing based on Call-ID header, you need to
use one-packet-scheduling mode. But with one-packet-scheduling the
connection is deleted just after packet is forwarded, so SIP responses
coming from real-servers do not match any connection and SNAT is
not applied.
2) If you do not use "-o" option, IPVS behaves as normal UDP load
balancer, so different SIP calls (each one identified by a different
Call-ID) coming from the same ip-address/port go to the same
real-server. So basically you don’t have load-balancing based on
Call-ID as intended.
3) Call-ID is not learned when a new SIP call is started by a real-server
(inside-to-outside direction), but only in the outside-to-inside
direction. This would be a general problem for all SIP servers acting
as Back2BackUserAgent.
This patch aims to solve problems 1) and 3) while keeping OPS mode
mandatory for SIP-UDP, so that 2) is not a problem anymore.
The basic mechanism implemented is to make packets, that do not match any
existent connection but come from real-servers, create new connections
instead of let them pass without any effect.
When such packets pass through ip_vs_out(), if their source ip address and
source port match a configured real-server, a new connection is
automatically created in the same way as it would have happened if the
packet had come from outside-to-inside direction. A new connection template
is created too if the virtual-service is persistent and there is no
matching connection template found. The new connection automatically
created, if the service had "-o" option, is an OPS connection that lasts
only the time to forward the packet, just like it happens on the
ingress side.
The main part of this mechanism is implemented inside a persistent-engine
specific callback (at the moment only SIP persistent engine exists) and
is triggered only for UDP packets, since connection oriented protocols, by
using different set of ports (typically ephemeral ports) to open new
outgoing connections, should not need this feature.
The following requisites are needed for automatic connection creation; if
any is missing the packet simply goes the same way as before.
a) virtual-service is not fwmark based (this is because fwmark services
do not store address and port of the virtual-service, required to
build the connection data).
b) virtual-service and real-servers must not have been configured with
omitted port (this is again to have all data to create the connection).
Signed-off-by: Marco Angaroni <marcoangaroni@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
skb->sk could point to timewait or request socket which has no sk_classid.
Detected as "BUG: KASAN: slab-out-of-bounds in cls_cgroup_classify".
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nf_connlabel_set() takes the bit number that we would like to set.
nf_connlabels_get() however took the number of bits that we want to
support.
So e.g. nf_connlabels_get(32) support bits 0 to 31, but not 32.
This changes nf_connlabels_get() to take the highest bit that we want
to set.
Callers then don't have to cope with a potential integer wrap
when using nf_connlabels_get(bit + 1) anymore.
Current callers are fine, this change is only to make folloup
nft ct label set support simpler.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently labels can only be set either by iptables connlabel
match or via ctnetlink.
Before adding nftables set support, clean up the clabel core and move
helpers that nft will not need after all to the xtables module.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Change the dsa_switch_driver.probe function to return a const char *.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the IP tunnel core function iptunnel_handle_offloads so
that we return an int and do not free the skb inside the function. This
actually allows us to clean up several paths in several tunnels so that we
can free the skb at one point in the path without having to have a
secondary path if we are supporting tunnel offloads.
In addition it should resolve some double-free issues I have found in the
tunnels paths as I believe it is possible for us to end up triggering such
an event in the case of fou or gue.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to the fact that the udp socket is destructed asynchronously in a
work queue, we have some nondeterministic behavior during shutdown of
vxlan tunnels and creating new ones. Fix this by keeping the destruction
process synchronous in regards to the user space process so IFF_UP can
be reliably set.
udp_tunnel_sock_release destroys vs->sock->sk if reference counter
indicates so. We expect to have the same lifetime of vxlan_sock and
vxlan_sock->sock->sk even in fast paths with only rcu locks held. So
only destruct the whole socket after we can be sure it cannot be found
by searching vxlan_net->sock_list.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some main variables in sctp.ko, we couldn't export it to other modules,
so we have to define some api to access them.
It will include sctp transport and endpoint's traversal.
There are some transport traversal functions for sctp_diag, we can also
use it for sctp_proc. cause they have the similar situation to traversal
transport.
v2->v3:
- rhashtable_walk_init need the parameter gfp, because of recent upstrem
update
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_diag will dump some important details of sctp's assoc or ep, we use
sctp_info to describe them, sctp_get_sctp_info to get them, and export
it to sctp_diag.ko.
v2->v3:
- we will not use list_for_each_safe in sctp_get_sctp_info, cause
all the callers of it will use lock_sock.
- fix the holes in struct sctp_info with __reserved* field.
because sctp_diag is a new feature, and sctp_info is just for now,
it may be changed in the future.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP already serializes access to rcvbuf through its sock lock:
sctp_recvmsg takes it right in the start and release at the end, while
rx path will also take the lock before doing any socket processing. On
sctp_rcv() it will check if there is an user using the socket and, if
there is, it will queue incoming packets to the backlog. The backlog
processing will do the same. Even timers will do such check and
re-schedule if an user is using the socket.
Simplifying this will allow us to remove sctp_skb_list_tail and get ride
of some expensive lockings. The lists that it is used on are also
mangled with functions like __skb_queue_tail and __skb_unlink in the
same context, like on sctp_ulpq_tail_event() and sctp_clear_pd().
sctp_close() will also purge those while using only the sock lock.
Therefore the lockings performed by sctp_skb_list_tail() are not
necessary. This patch removes this function and replaces its calls with
just skb_queue_splice_tail_init() instead.
The biggest gain is at sctp_ulpq_tail_event(), because the events always
contain a list, even if it's queueing a single skb and this was
triggering expensive calls to spin_lock_irqsave/_irqrestore for every
data chunk received.
As SCTP will deliver each data chunk on a corresponding recvmsg, the
more effective the change will be.
Before this patch, with chunks with 30 bytes:
netperf -t SCTP_STREAM -H 192.168.1.2 -cC -l 60 -- -m 30 -S 400000
400000 -s 400000 400000
on a 10Gbit link with 1500 MTU:
SCTP STREAM TEST from 0.0.0.0 (0.0.0.0) port 0 AF_INET to 192.168.1.1 () port 0 AF_INET
Recv Send Send Utilization Service Demand
Socket Socket Message Elapsed Send Recv Send Recv
Size Size Size Time Throughput local remote local remote
bytes bytes bytes secs. 10^6bits/s % S % S us/KB us/KB
425984 425984 30 60.00 137.45 7.34 7.36 52.504 52.608
With it:
SCTP STREAM TEST from 0.0.0.0 (0.0.0.0) port 0 AF_INET to 192.168.1.1 () port 0 AF_INET
Recv Send Send Utilization Service Demand
Socket Socket Message Elapsed Send Recv Send Recv
Size Size Size Time Throughput local remote local remote
bytes bytes bytes secs. 10^6bits/s % S % S us/KB us/KB
425984 425984 30 60.00 179.10 7.97 6.70 43.740 36.788
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When removing sk_refcnt manipulation on synflood, I missed that
using skb_set_owner_w() was racy, if sk->sk_wmem_alloc had already
transitioned to 0.
We should hold sk_refcnt instead, but this is a big deal under attack.
(Doing so increase performance from 3.2 Mpps to 3.8 Mpps only)
In this patch, I chose to not attach a socket to syncookies skb.
Performance is now 5 Mpps instead of 3.2 Mpps.
Following patch will remove last known false sharing in
tcp_rcv_state_process()
Fixes: 3b24d854cb ("tcp/dccp: do not touch listener sk_refcnt under synflood")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the SO_REUSEPORT socket option, it is possible to create sockets
in the AF_INET and AF_INET6 domains which are bound to the same IPv4 address.
This is only possible with SO_REUSEPORT and when not using IPV6_V6ONLY on
the AF_INET6 sockets.
Prior to the commits referenced below, an incoming IPv4 packet would
always be routed to a socket of type AF_INET when this mixed-mode was used.
After those changes, the same packet would be routed to the most recently
bound socket (if this happened to be an AF_INET6 socket, it would
have an IPv4 mapped IPv6 address).
The change in behavior occurred because the recent SO_REUSEPORT optimizations
short-circuit the socket scoring logic as soon as they find a match. They
did not take into account the scoring logic that favors AF_INET sockets
over AF_INET6 sockets in the event of a tie.
To fix this problem, this patch changes the insertion order of AF_INET
and AF_INET6 addresses in the TCP and UDP socket lists when the sockets
have SO_REUSEPORT set. AF_INET sockets will be inserted at the head of the
list and AF_INET6 sockets with SO_REUSEPORT set will always be inserted at
the tail of the list. This will force AF_INET sockets to always be
considered first.
Fixes: e32ea7e747 ("soreuseport: fast reuseport UDP socket selection")
Fixes: 125e80b88687 ("soreuseport: fast reuseport TCP socket selection")
Reported-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a release_cb for UDPv6. It does a route lookup
and updates sk->sk_dst_cache if it is needed. It picks up the
left-over job from ip6_sk_update_pmtu() if the sk was owned
by user during the pmtu update.
It takes a rcu_read_lock to protect the __sk_dst_get() operations
because another thread may do ip6_dst_store() without taking the
sk lock (e.g. sendmsg).
Fixes: 45e4fd2668 ("ipv6: Only create RTF_CACHE routes after encountering pmtu exception")
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reported-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a case in connected UDP socket such that
getsockopt(IPV6_MTU) will return a stale MTU value. The reproducible
sequence could be the following:
1. Create a connected UDP socket
2. Send some datagrams out
3. Receive a ICMPV6_PKT_TOOBIG
4. No new outgoing datagrams to trigger the sk_dst_check()
logic to update the sk->sk_dst_cache.
5. getsockopt(IPV6_MTU) returns the mtu from the invalid
sk->sk_dst_cache instead of the newly created RTF_CACHE clone.
This patch updates the sk->sk_dst_cache for a connected datagram sk
during pmtu-update code path.
Note that the sk->sk_v6_daddr is used to do the route lookup
instead of skb->data (i.e. iph). It is because a UDP socket can become
connected after sending out some datagrams in un-connected state. or
It can be connected multiple times to different destinations. Hence,
iph may not be related to where sk is currently connected to.
It is done under '!sock_owned_by_user(sk)' condition because
the user may make another ip6_datagram_connect() (i.e changing
the sk->sk_v6_daddr) while dst lookup is happening in the pmtu-update
code path.
For the sock_owned_by_user(sk) == true case, the next patch will
introduce a release_cb() which will update the sk->sk_dst_cache.
Test:
Server (Connected UDP Socket):
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Route Details:
[root@arch-fb-vm1 ~]# ip -6 r show | egrep '2fac'
2fac::/64 dev eth0 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium
2fac:face::/64 via 2fac::face dev eth0 metric 1024 pref medium
A simple python code to create a connected UDP socket:
import socket
import errno
HOST = '2fac::1'
PORT = 8080
s = socket.socket(socket.AF_INET6, socket.SOCK_DGRAM)
s.bind((HOST, PORT))
s.connect(('2fac:face::face', 53))
print("connected")
while True:
try:
data = s.recv(1024)
except socket.error as se:
if se.errno == errno.EMSGSIZE:
pmtu = s.getsockopt(41, 24)
print("PMTU:%d" % pmtu)
break
s.close()
Python program output after getting a ICMPV6_PKT_TOOBIG:
[root@arch-fb-vm1 ~]# python2 ~/devshare/kernel/tasks/fib6/udp-connect-53-8080.py
connected
PMTU:1300
Cache routes after recieving TOOBIG:
[root@arch-fb-vm1 ~]# ip -6 r show table cache
2fac:face::face via 2fac::face dev eth0 metric 0
cache expires 463sec mtu 1300 pref medium
Client (Send the ICMPV6_PKT_TOOBIG):
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
scapy is used to generate the TOOBIG message. Here is the scapy script I have
used:
>>> p=Ether(src='da:75:4d:36:ac:32', dst='52:54:00:12:34:66', type=0x86dd)/IPv6(src='2fac::face', dst='2fac::1')/ICMPv6PacketTooBig(mtu=1300)/IPv6(src='2fac::
1',dst='2fac:face::face', nh='UDP')/UDP(sport=8080,dport=53)
>>> sendp(p, iface='qemubr0')
Fixes: 45e4fd2668 ("ipv6: Only create RTF_CACHE routes after encountering pmtu exception")
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reported-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a
snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and
maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the
historical maximal values.
Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to
carry occupancy values.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared
buffers. Four basic objects are defined:
shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs
pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either
static or dynamic threshold
port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool
port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool
with threshold.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The structure can be packed denser by doing minor rearrangement
of existing elements.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently processing of multiple chunks in a single SCTP packet leads to
multiple calls to sk_data_ready, causing multiple wake up signals which
are costy and doesn't make it wake up any faster.
With this patch it will note that the wake up is pending and will do it
before leaving the state machine interpreter, latest place possible to
do it realiably and cleanly.
Note that sk_data_ready events are not dependent on asocs, unlike waking
up writers.
v2: series re-checked
v3: use local vars to cleanup the code, suggested by Jakub Sitnicki
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It wastes space and gets worse as we add new flags, so convert bit-wide
flags to a bitfield.
Currently it already saves 4 bytes in sctp_sock, which are left as holes
in it for now. The whole struct needs packing, which should be done in
another patch.
Note that do_auto_asconf cannot be merged, as explained in the comment
before it.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock_owned_by_user should not be used without socket lock held. It seems
to be a common practice to check .owned before lock reclassification, so
provide a little help to abstract this check away.
Cc: linux-cifs@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-nfs@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phys in phys_port_mask suggests this mask is about PHYs. In fact,
it means physical ports. Rename to enabled_port_mask, indicating
external enabled ports of the switch, which is hopefully less
confusing.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The drivers now allocate their own memory for private usage. Remove
the allocation from the core code.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now the switch devices have a dev pointer, make use of it for allocating
the drivers private data structures using a devm_kzalloc().
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By passing a device structure to the switch devices, it allows them
to use devm_* methods for resource management.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
all drivers - removing the duplicated enum ieee80211_band and
replacing it by enum nl80211_band. On top of that, just a small
documentation update.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=2xfe
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-04-13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
To synchronize with Kalle, here's just a big change that affects
all drivers - removing the duplicated enum ieee80211_band and
replacing it by enum nl80211_band. On top of that, just a small
documentation update.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of link-layer specific handling for 802.15.4 we need to cast to
802.15.4 sepcific structures. Simple add this header when include the
6lowpan header.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt<stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This function will be use in later functionality in other branches than
generic 6lowpan, so we move it to the global 6lowpan header.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt<stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the 802.15.4 link layer specific structures to generic
6lowpan. This is necessary for special 802.15.4 6lowpan handling in
6lowpan generic layer.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch changes the naming for interface private data for lowpan
intefaces. The current private data scheme is:
-------------------------------------------------
| 6LoWPAN Generic | LinkLayer 6LoWPAN |
-------------------------------------------------
the current naming schemes are:
- 6LoWPAN Generic:
- lowpan_priv
- LinkLayer 6LoWPAN:
- BTLE
- lowpan_dev
- 802.15.4:
- lowpan_dev_info
the new naming scheme with this patch will be:
- 6LoWPAN Generic:
- lowpan_dev
- LinkLayer 6LoWPAN:
- BTLE
- lowpan_btle_dev
- 802.15.4:
- lowpan_802154_dev
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt<stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduce some short address handling functionality into
ieee802154 headers.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains the first batch of Netfilter updates for
your net-next tree.
1) Define pr_fmt() in nf_conntrack, from Weongyo Jeong.
2) Define and register netfilter's afinfo for the bridge family,
this comes in preparation for native nfqueue's bridge for nft,
from Stephane Bryant.
3) Add new attributes to store layer 2 and VLAN headers to nfqueue,
also from Stephane Bryant.
4) Parse new NFQA_VLAN and NFQA_L2HDR nfqueue netlink attributes
coming from userspace, from Stephane Bryant.
5) Use net->ipv6.devconf_all->hop_limit instead of hardcoded hop_limit
in IPv6 SYNPROXY, from Liping Zhang.
6) Remove unnecessary check for dst == NULL in nf_reject_ipv6,
from Haishuang Yan.
7) Deinline ctnetlink event report functions, from Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not performance critical, it is only invoked when an expectation is
added/destroyed.
While at it, kill unused nf_ct_expect_event() wrapper.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Way too large; move it to nf_conntrack_ecache.c.
Reduces total object size by 1216 byte on my machine.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This enum is already perfectly aliased to enum nl80211_band, and
the only reason for it is that we get IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS out of
it. There's no really good reason to not declare the number of
bands in nl80211 though, so do that and remove the cfg80211 one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The roaming cases for the Connect command were not fully covered and
neither Connect nor Associate command uses of the prev_bssid parameter
were very clear. Add details to describe how the prev_bssid argument is
supposed to be used and when the driver should use association or
reassociation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Vivek reported a kernel exception deleting a VRF with an active
connection through it. The root cause is that the socket has a cached
reference to a dst that is destroyed. Converting the dst_destroy to
dst_release and letting proper reference counting kick in does not
work as the dst has a reference to the device which needs to be released
as well.
I talked to Hannes about this at netdev and he pointed out the ipv4 and
ipv6 dst handling has dst_ifdown for just this scenario. Rather than
continuing with the reinvented dst wheel in VRF just remove it and
leverage the ipv4 and ipv6 versions.
Fixes: 193125dbd8 ("net: Introduce VRF device driver")
Fixes: 35402e3136 ("net: Add IPv6 support to VRF device")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the rxrpc_connection and rxrpc_call structs, there's one field to hold
the abort code, no matter whether that value was generated locally to be
sent or was received from the peer via an abort packet.
Split the abort code fields in two for cleanliness sake and add an error
field to hold the Linux error number to the rxrpc_call struct too
(sometimes this is generated in a context where we can't return it to
userspace directly).
Furthermore, add a skb mark to indicate a packet that caused a local abort
to be generated so that recvmsg() can pick up the correct abort code. A
future addition will need to be to indicate to userspace the difference
between aborts via a control message.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move some miscellaneous bits out into their own file to make it easier to
split the call handling.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Multipath route lookups should consider knowledge about next hops and not
select a hop that is known to be failed.
Example:
[h2] [h3] 15.0.0.5
| |
3| 3|
[SP1] [SP2]--+
1 2 1 2
| | /-------------+ |
| \ / |
| X |
| / \ |
| / \---------------\ |
1 2 1 2
12.0.0.2 [TOR1] 3-----------------3 [TOR2] 12.0.0.3
4 4
\ /
\ /
\ /
-------| |-----/
1 2
[TOR3]
3|
|
[h1] 12.0.0.1
host h1 with IP 12.0.0.1 has 2 paths to host h3 at 15.0.0.5:
root@h1:~# ip ro ls
...
12.0.0.0/24 dev swp1 proto kernel scope link src 12.0.0.1
15.0.0.0/16
nexthop via 12.0.0.2 dev swp1 weight 1
nexthop via 12.0.0.3 dev swp1 weight 1
...
If the link between tor3 and tor1 is down and the link between tor1
and tor2 then tor1 is effectively cut-off from h1. Yet the route lookups
in h1 are alternating between the 2 routes: ping 15.0.0.5 gets one and
ssh 15.0.0.5 gets the other. Connections that attempt to use the
12.0.0.2 nexthop fail since that neighbor is not reachable:
root@h1:~# ip neigh show
...
12.0.0.3 dev swp1 lladdr 00:02:00:00:00:1b REACHABLE
12.0.0.2 dev swp1 FAILED
...
The failed path can be avoided by considering known neighbor information
when selecting next hops. If the neighbor lookup fails we have no
knowledge about the nexthop, so give it a shot. If there is an entry
then only select the nexthop if the state is sane. This is similar to
what fib_detect_death does.
To maintain backward compatibility use of the neighbor information is
based on a new sysctl, fib_multipath_use_neigh.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently on high rate SCTP streams the heartbeat timer refresh can
consume quite a lot of resources as timer updates are costly and it
contains a random factor, which a) is also costly and b) invalidates
mod_timer() optimization for not editing a timer to the same value.
It may even cause the timer to be slightly advanced, for no good reason.
As suggested by David Laight this patch now removes this timer update
from hot path by leaving the timer on and re-evaluating upon its
expiration if the heartbeat is still needed or not, similarly to what is
done for TCP. If it's not needed anymore the timer is re-scheduled to
the new timeout, considering the time already elapsed.
For this, we now record the last tx timestamp per transport, updated in
the same spots as hb timer was restarted on tx. Also split up
sctp_transport_reset_timers into sctp_transport_reset_t3_rtx and
sctp_transport_reset_hb_timer, so we can re-arm T3 without re-arming the
heartbeat one.
On loopback with MTU of 65535 and data chunks with 1636, so that we
have a considerable amount of chunks without stressing system calls,
netperf -t SCTP_STREAM -l 30, perf looked like this before:
Samples: 103K of event 'cpu-clock', Event count (approx.): 25833000000
Overhead Command Shared Object Symbol
+ 6,15% netperf [kernel.vmlinux] [k] copy_user_enhanced_fast_string
- 5,43% netperf [kernel.vmlinux] [k] _raw_write_unlock_irqrestore
- _raw_write_unlock_irqrestore
- 96,54% _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore
- 36,14% mod_timer
+ 97,24% sctp_transport_reset_timers
+ 2,76% sctp_do_sm
+ 33,65% __wake_up_sync_key
+ 28,77% sctp_ulpq_tail_event
+ 1,40% del_timer
- 1,84% mod_timer
+ 99,03% sctp_transport_reset_timers
+ 0,97% sctp_do_sm
+ 1,50% sctp_ulpq_tail_event
And after this patch, now with netperf -l 60:
Samples: 230K of event 'cpu-clock', Event count (approx.): 57707250000
Overhead Command Shared Object Symbol
+ 5,65% netperf [kernel.vmlinux] [k] memcpy_erms
+ 5,59% netperf [kernel.vmlinux] [k] copy_user_enhanced_fast_string
- 5,05% netperf [kernel.vmlinux] [k] _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore
- _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore
+ 49,89% __wake_up_sync_key
+ 45,68% sctp_ulpq_tail_event
- 2,85% mod_timer
+ 76,51% sctp_transport_reset_t3_rtx
+ 23,49% sctp_do_sm
+ 1,55% del_timer
+ 2,50% netperf [sctp] [k] sctp_datamsg_from_user
+ 2,26% netperf [sctp] [k] sctp_sendmsg
Throughput-wise, from 6800mbps without the patch to 7050mbps with it,
~3.7%.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switchdev design implies that a software error should not happen in
the commit phase since it must have been previously reported in the
prepare phase. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase,
there is nothing switchdev can do about it.
The DSA layer separates port_vlan_prepare and port_vlan_add for
simplicity and convenience. If an hardware error occurs during the
commit phase, there is no need to report it outside the driver itself.
Make the DSA port_vlan_add routine return void for explicitness.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switchdev design implies that a software error should not happen in
the commit phase since it must have been previously reported in the
prepare phase. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase,
there is nothing switchdev can do about it.
The DSA layer separates port_fdb_prepare and port_fdb_add for simplicity
and convenience. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase,
there is no need to report it outside the DSA driver itself.
Make the DSA port_fdb_add routine return void for explicitness.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA layer doesn't care about the return code of the port_stp_update
routine, so make it void in the layer and the DSA drivers.
Replace the useless dsa_slave_stp_update function with a
dsa_slave_stp_state function used to reply to the switchdev
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_STP_STATE attribute.
In the meantime, rename port_stp_update to port_stp_state_set to
explicit the state change.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Bob's mesh mode rhashtable conversion, this includes
the rhashtable API change for allocation flags
* BSSID scan, connect() command reassoc support (Jouni)
* fast (optimised data only) and support for RSS in mac80211 (myself)
* various smaller changes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=sj7y
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-04-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
For the 4.7 cycle, we have a number of changes:
* Bob's mesh mode rhashtable conversion, this includes
the rhashtable API change for allocation flags
* BSSID scan, connect() command reassoc support (Jouni)
* fast (optimised data only) and support for RSS in mac80211 (myself)
* various smaller changes
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* TDLS fixes from Arik and Ilan
* rhashtable fixes from Ben and myself
* documentation fixes from Luis
* U-APSD fixes from Emmanuel
* a TXQ fix from Felix
* and a compiler warning suppression from Jeff
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=r3Hr
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-04-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
For the current RC series, we have the following fixes:
* TDLS fixes from Arik and Ilan
* rhashtable fixes from Ben and myself
* documentation fixes from Luis
* U-APSD fixes from Emmanuel
* a TXQ fix from Felix
* and a compiler warning suppression from Jeff
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I forgot to add inline to lockdep_sock_is_held, so it generated all
kinds of build warnings if not build with lockdep support.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the UDP encapsulation GRO functions have been moved to the UDP
socket we not longer need the udp_offload insfrastructure so removing it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adapt vxlan_gro_receive, vxlan_gro_complete to take a socket argument.
Set these functions in tunnel_config. Don't set udp_offloads any more.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add gro_receive and gro_complete to struct udp_tunnel_sock_cfg.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GRO functions (gro_receive and gro_complete) to UDP
sockets. udp_gro_receive is changed to perform socket lookup on a
packet. If a socket is found the related GRO functions are called.
This features obsoletes using UDP offload infrastructure for GRO
(udp_offload). This has the advantage of not being limited to provide
offload on a per port basis, GRO is now applied to whatever individual
UDP sockets are bound to. This also allows the possbility of
"application defined GRO"-- that is we can attach something like
a BPF program to a UDP socket to perfrom GRO on an application
layer protocol.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add externally visible functions to lookup a UDP socket by skb. This
will be used for GRO in UDP sockets. These functions also check
if skb->dst is set, and if it is not skb->dev is used to get dev_net.
This allows calling lookup functions before dst has been set on the
skbuff.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In inet_iif check if skb_rtable is NULL for the skb and return
skb->skb_iif if it is.
This change allows inet_iif to be called before the dst
information has been set in the skb (e.g. when doing socket based
UDP GRO).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The socket is either locked if we hold the slock spin_lock for
lock_sock_fast and unlock_sock_fast or we own the lock (sk_lock.owned
!= 0). Check for this and at the same time improve that the current
thread/cpu is really holding the lock.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During release_sock we use callbacks to finish the processing
of outstanding skbs on the socket. We actually are still locked,
sk_locked.owned == 1, but we already told lockdep that the mutex
is released. This could lead to false positives in lockdep for
lockdep_sock_is_held (we don't hold the slock spinlock during processing
the outstanding skbs).
I took over this patch from Eric Dumazet and tested it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement VXLAN-GPE. Only COLLECT_METADATA is supported for now (it is
possible to support static configuration, too, if there is demand for it).
The GPE header parsing has to be moved before iptunnel_pull_header, as we
need to know the protocol.
v2: Removed what was called "L2 mode" in v1 of the patchset. Only "L3 mode"
(now called "raw mode") is added by this patch. This mode does not allow
Ethernet header to be encapsulated in VXLAN-GPE when using ip route to
specify the encapsulation, IP header is encapsulated instead. The patch
does support Ethernet to be encapsulated, though, using ETH_P_TEB in
skb->protocol. This will be utilized by other COLLECT_METADATA users
(openvswitch in particular).
If there is ever demand for Ethernet encapsulation with VXLAN-GPE using
ip route, it's easy to add a new flag switching the interface to
"Ethernet mode" (called "L2 mode" in v1 of this patchset). For now,
leave this out, it seems we don't need it.
Disallowed more flag combinations, especially RCO with GPE.
Added comment explaining that GBP and GPE cannot be set together.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow calling of iptunnel_pull_header without special casing ETH_P_TEB inner
protocol.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: ddf97ccdd7 ("net_sched: add network namespace support for tc actions")
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Tested-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This extends NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to allow the NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID
attribute to be used similarly to way this was already allowed with
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE. This allows user space to request reassociation
(instead of association) when already connected to an AP. This provides
an option to reassociate within an ESS without having to disconnect and
associate with the AP.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support. For good
performance, drivers need frag_list support as well. This avoids the
need for copying data of aggregated frames. Running without it is only
supported for debugging purposes.
To avoid performance and packet size issues, the rate control module or
driver needs to limit the maximum A-MSDU size by setting
max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[fix locking issue]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the driver advertises the new HW flag USE_RSS, make the
station statistics on the fast-rx path per-CPU. This will
enable calling the RX in parallel, only hitting locking or
shared cachelines when the fast-RX path isn't available.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sometimes drivers already looked up, or know out-of-band
from their device, which station transmitted a given RX
frame. Allow them to pass the station pointer to mac80211
to save the extra lookup.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Enable peeking at UDP datagrams at the offset specified with socket
option SOL_SOCKET/SO_PEEK_OFF. Peek at any datagram in the queue, up
to the end of the given datagram.
Implement the SO_PEEK_OFF semantics introduced in commit ef64a54f6e
("sock: Introduce the SO_PEEK_OFF sock option"). Increase the offset
on peek, decrease it on regular reads.
When peeking, always checksum the packet immediately, to avoid
recomputation on subsequent peeks and final read.
The socket lock is not held for the duration of udp_recvmsg, so
peek and read operations can run concurrently. Only the last store
to sk_peek_off is preserved.
Signed-off-by: Sam Kumar <samanthakumar@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove UDP transport headers before queueing packets for reception.
This change simplifies a follow-up patch to add MSG_PEEK support.
Signed-off-by: Sam Kumar <samanthakumar@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the peek offset interface safe to use in lockless environments.
Use READ_ONCE and WRITE_ONCE to avoid race conditions between testing
and updating the peek offset.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use list_* helpers in sctp_list_dequeue, more readable.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Legacy clients don't support P2P power save mechanism, and thus if a P2P GO
has a legacy client connected to it, it should disable P2P PS mechanisms.
Let the driver know about this with a new bss_conf parameter.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Legacy clients don't support P2P power save mechanisms, and thus
if a P2P GO has a legacy client connected to it, it has to make
some changes in the PS behavior.
To handle this, add an attribute to specify whether a station supports
P2P PS or not. If the attribute was not specified cfg80211 will assume
that station supports it for P2P GO interface, and does NOT support it
for AP interface, matching the current assumptions in the code.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fix a structure name mismatch in cfg80211.h.
Signed-off-by: Moroo Akira <retrage01@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add documentation for the flag for duplication check.
Fixes the following warning when running make htmldocs:
warning: Enum value 'RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED' not described in enum 'mac80211_rx_flags'
Signed-off-by: Luis de Bethencourt <luisbg@osg.samsung.com>
[fix description]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Introducing a new feature that the driver can use to
indicate the driver/firmware supports configuration of BSS
selection criteria upon CONNECT command. This can be useful
when multiple BSS-es are found belonging to the same ESS,
ie. Infra-BSS with same SSID. The criteria can then be used to
offload selection of a preferred BSS.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Lei Zhang <leizh@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
[move wiphy support check into parse_bss_select()]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some devices, like iwlwifi, have RSS queues. This may cause a
situation where a disassociation is handled in control path and
results in station removal while there are prior RX frames
that were still not processed in other queues. When they will
be processed the station will be gone, and the frames will be
dropped.
Add a synchronization interface to avoid that. When driver returns
from the synchronization mac80211 may remove the station.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows scans for a specific BSSID to be optimized by the user space
application by requesting the driver to set the Probe Request frame
BSSID field (Address 3) to the specified BSSID instead of the wildcard
BSSID. This prevents other APs from replying which reduces airtime need
and latency in getting the response from the target AP through.
This is an optimization and as such, it is acceptable for some of the
drivers not to support the mechanism. If not supported, the wildcard
BSSID will be used and more responses may be received.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When HW crypto is used, there's no need for the CCMP/GCMP MIC to
be available to mac80211, and the hardware might have removed it
already after checking. The MIC is also useless to have when the
frame is already decrypted, so allow indicating that it's not
present.
Since we are running out of bits in mac80211_rx_flags, make
the flags field a u64.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This was requested by Android, and the appropriate cfg80211 API
had been added by Dmitry. Support it in mac80211, allowing drivers
to provide the timestamp.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Goal: packets dropped by a listener are accounted for.
This adds tcp_listendrop() helper, and clears sk_drops in sk_clone_lock()
so that children do not inherit their parent drop count.
Note that we no longer increment LINUX_MIB_LISTENDROPS counter when
sending a SYNCOOKIE, since the SYN packet generated a SYNACK.
We already have a separate LINUX_MIB_SYNCOOKIESSENT
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now ss can report sk_drops, we can instruct TCP to increment
this per socket counter when it drops an incoming frame, to refine
monitoring and debugging.
Following patch takes care of listeners drops.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a SYNFLOOD targets a non SO_REUSEPORT listener, multiple
cpus contend on sk->sk_refcnt and sk->sk_wmem_alloc changes.
By letting listeners use SOCK_RCU_FREE infrastructure,
we can relax TCP_LISTEN lookup rules and avoid touching sk_refcnt
Note that we still use SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU rules for other sockets,
only listeners are impacted by this change.
Peak performance under SYNFLOOD is increased by ~33% :
On my test machine, I could process 3.2 Mpps instead of 2.4 Mpps
Most consuming functions are now skb_set_owner_w() and sock_wfree()
contending on sk->sk_wmem_alloc when cooking SYNACK and freeing them.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We'll soon no longer take a refcount on listeners,
so reqsk_alloc() can not assume a listener refcount is not
zero. We need to use atomic_inc_not_zero()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since linux 2.6.29, lookups only use rcu locking.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tom Herbert would like not touching UDP socket refcnt for encapsulated
traffic. For this to happen, we need to use normal RCU rules, with a grace
period before freeing a socket. UDP sockets are not short lived in the
high usage case, so the added cost of call_rcu() should not be a concern.
This actually removes a lot of complexity in UDP stack.
Multicast receives no longer need to hold a bucket spinlock.
Note that ip early demux still needs to take a reference on the socket.
Same remark for functions used by xt_socket and xt_PROXY netfilter modules,
but this might be changed later.
Performance for a single UDP socket receiving flood traffic from
many RX queues/cpus.
Simple udp_rx using simple recvfrom() loop :
438 kpps instead of 374 kpps : 17 % increase of the peak rate.
v2: Addressed Willem de Bruijn feedback in multicast handling
- keep early demux break in __udp4_lib_demux_lookup()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Tested-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We want a generic way to insert an RCU grace period before socket
freeing for cases where RCU_SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU is adding too
much overhead.
SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU strict rules force us to take a reference
on the socket sk_refcnt, and it is a performance problem for UDP
encapsulation, or TCP synflood behavior, as many CPUs might
attempt the atomic operations on a shared sk_refcnt
UDP sockets and TCP listeners can set SOCK_RCU_FREE so that their
lookup can use traditional RCU rules, without refcount changes.
They can set the flag only once hashed and visible by other cpus.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Tested-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, SOL_TIMESTAMPING can only be enabled using setsockopt.
This is very costly when users want to sample writes to gather
tx timestamps.
Add support for enabling SO_TIMESTAMPING via control messages by
using tsflags added in `struct sockcm_cookie` (added in the previous
patches in this series) to set the tx_flags of the last skb created in
a sendmsg. With this patch, the timestamp recording bits in tx_flags
of the skbuff is overridden if SO_TIMESTAMPING is passed in a cmsg.
Please note that this is only effective for overriding the recording
timestamps flags. Users should enable timestamp reporting (e.g.,
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SOFTWARE | SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_ID) using
socket options and then should ask for SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_*
using control messages per sendmsg to sample timestamps for each
write.
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Process socket-level control messages by invoking
__sock_cmsg_send in ip6_datagram_send_ctl for control messages on
the SOL_SOCKET layer.
This makes sure whenever ip6_datagram_send_ctl is called for
udp and raw, we also process socket-level control messages.
This is a bit uglier than IPv4, since IPv6 does not have
something like ipcm_cookie. Perhaps we can later create
a control message cookie for IPv6?
Note that this commit interprets new control messages that
were ignored before. As such, this commit does not change
the behavior of IPv6 control messages.
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Process socket-level control messages by invoking
__sock_cmsg_send in ip_cmsg_send for control messages on
the SOL_SOCKET layer.
This makes sure whenever ip_cmsg_send is called in udp, icmp,
and raw, we also process socket-level control messages.
Note that this commit interprets new control messages that
were ignored before. As such, this commit does not change
the behavior of IPv4 control messages.
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Accept SO_TIMESTAMPING in control messages of the SOL_SOCKET level
as a basis to accept timestamping requests per write.
This implementation only accepts TX recording flags (i.e.,
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_HARDWARE, SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_SOFTWARE,
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_SCHED, and SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_ACK) in
control messages. Users need to set reporting flags (e.g.,
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_ID) per socket via socket options.
This commit adds a tsflags field in sockcm_cookie which is
set in __sock_cmsg_send. It only override the SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_*
bits in sockcm_cookie.tsflags allowing the control message
to override the recording behavior per write, yet maintaining
the value of other flags.
This patch implements validating the control message and setting
tsflags in struct sockcm_cookie. Next commits in this series will
actually implement timestamping per write for different protocols.
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, to avoid a cache line miss for accessing skb_shinfo,
tcp_ack_tstamp skips socket that do not have
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_ACK bit set in sk_tsflags. This is
implemented based on an implicit assumption that the
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_ACK is set via socket options for the
duration that ACK timestamps are needed.
To implement per-write timestamps, this check should be
removed and replaced with a per-packet alternative that
quickly skips packets missing ACK timestamps marks without
a cache-line miss.
To enable per-packet marking without a cache line miss, use
one bit in TCP_SKB_CB to mark a whether a SKB might need a
ack tx timestamp or not. Further checks in tcp_ack_tstamp are not
modified and work as before.
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To process cmsg's of the SOL_SOCKET level in addition to
cmsgs of another level, protocols can call sock_cmsg_send().
This causes a double walk on the cmsghdr list, one for SOL_SOCKET
and one for the other level.
Extract the inner demultiplex logic from the loop that walks the list,
to allow having this called directly from a walker in the protocol
specific code.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For non-SACK connections, cwnd is lowered to inflight plus 3 packets
when the recovery ends. This is an optional feature in the NewReno
RFC 2582 to reduce the potential burst when cwnd is "re-opened"
after recovery and inflight is low.
This feature is questionably effective because of PRR: when
the recovery ends (i.e., snd_una == high_seq) NewReno holds the
CA_Recovery state for another round trip to prevent false fast
retransmits. But if the inflight is low, PRR will overwrite the
moderated cwnd in tcp_cwnd_reduction() later regardlessly. So if a
receiver responds bogus ACKs (i.e., acking future data) to speed up
transfer after recovery, it can only induce a burst up to a window
worth of data packets by acking up to SND.NXT. A restart from (short)
idle or receiving streched ACKs can both cause such bursts as well.
On the other hand, if the recovery ends because the sender
detects the losses were spurious (e.g., reordering). This feature
unconditionally lowers a reverted cwnd even though nothing
was lost.
By principle loss recovery module should not update cwnd. Further
pacing is much more effective to reduce burst. Hence this patch
removes the cwnd moderation feature.
v2 changes: revised commit message on bogus ACKs and burst, and
missing signature
Signed-off-by: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As ping_v6_sendmsg is used only in this file,
making it static
The body of "pingv6_prot" and "pingv6_protosw" were
moved at the middle of the file, to avoid having to
declare some static prototypes.
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct in6_addr isn't used anymore in inet6_connection_sock.h, removing
the forward declaration.
Fixes: 1b33bc3e9e ("ipv6: remove obsolete inet6 functions")
Signed-off-by: Luis de Bethencourt <luisbg@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sparse reports false positives for the header manipulation inlines. Annotate
them correctly.
Tested by sparse on a little endian and big endian machine.
Fixes: 54bfd872bf ("vxlan: keep flags and vni in network byte order")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a packet is either locally encapsulated or processed through GRO
it is marked with the offloads that it requires. However, when it is
decapsulated these tunnel offload indications are not removed. This
means that if we receive an encapsulated TCP packet, aggregate it with
GRO, decapsulate, and retransmit the resulting frame on a NIC that does
not support encapsulation, we won't be able to take advantage of hardware
offloads even though it is just a simple TCP packet at this point.
This fixes the problem by stripping off encapsulation offload indications
when packets are decapsulated.
The performance impacts of this bug are significant. In a test where a
Geneve encapsulated TCP stream is sent to a hypervisor, GRO'ed, decapsulated,
and bridged to a VM performance is improved by 60% (5Gbps->8Gbps) as a
result of avoiding unnecessary segmentation at the VM tap interface.
Reported-by: Ramu Ramamurthy <sramamur@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Fixes: 68c33163 ("v4 GRE: Add TCP segmentation offload for GRE")
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the user supply a different fragmentation point or if there is a
network header that cause it to not be aligned, force it to be aligned.
Fragmentation point at a value that is not aligned is not optimal. It
causes extra padding to be used and has just no pros.
v2:
- Make use of the new WORD_TRUNC macro
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP is a protocol that is aligned to a word (4 bytes). Thus using bare
MTU can sometimes return values that are not aligned, like for loopback,
which is 65536 but ipv4_mtu() limits that to 65535. This mis-alignment
will cause the last non-aligned bytes to never be used and can cause
issues with congestion control.
So it's better to just consider a lower MTU and keep congestion control
calcs saner as they are based on PMTU.
Same applies to icmp frag needed messages, which is also fixed by this
patch.
One other effect of this is the inability to send MTU-sized packet
without queueing or fragmentation and without hitting Nagle. As the
check performed at sctp_packet_can_append_data():
if (chunk->skb->len + q->out_qlen >= transport->pathmtu - packet->overhead)
/* Enough data queued to fill a packet */
return SCTP_XMIT_OK;
with the above example of MTU, if there are no other messages queued,
one cannot send a packet that just fits one packet (65532 bytes) and
without causing DATA chunk fragmentation or a delay.
v2:
- Added WORD_TRUNC macro
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
flowi6_tos of struct flowi6 is unused in IPv6, therefore dumping tos on
that tracepoint will also give incorrect information wrt traffic class.
If we want to fix it, we need to extract it via ip6_tclass(flp->flowlabel).
While for the same test case I get a count of 0 non-zero tos values before
the change, they now start to show up after the change:
# ./perf record -e fib6:fib6_table_lookup -a sleep 10
# ./perf script | grep -v "tos 0" | wc -l
60
Since there's no user in the kernel tree anymore of flowi6_tos, remove the
define to avoid any future confusion on this.
Fixes: b811580d91 ("net: IPv6 fib lookup tracepoint")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jiri mentioned that flowi6_tos of struct flowi6 is never used/read
anywhere. In fact, rest of the kernel uses the flowi6's flowlabel,
where the traffic class _and_ the flowlabel (aka flowinfo) is encoded.
For example, for policy routing, fib6_rule_match() uses ip6_tclass()
that is applied on the flowlabel member for matching on tclass. Similar
fix is needed for geneve, where flowi6_tos is set as well. Installing
a v6 blackhole rule that f.e. matches on tos is now working with vxlan.
Fixes: 1400615d64 ("vxlan: allow setting ipv6 traffic class")
Reported-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Support more Realtek wireless chips, from Jes Sorenson.
2) New BPF types for per-cpu hash and arrap maps, from Alexei
Starovoitov.
3) Make several TCP sysctls per-namespace, from Nikolay Borisov.
4) Allow the use of SO_REUSEPORT in order to do per-thread processing
of incoming TCP/UDP connections. The muxing can be done using a
BPF program which hashes the incoming packet. From Craig Gallek.
5) Add a multiplexer for TCP streams, to provide a messaged based
interface. BPF programs can be used to determine the message
boundaries. From Tom Herbert.
6) Add 802.1AE MACSEC support, from Sabrina Dubroca.
7) Avoid factorial complexity when taking down an inetdev interface
with lots of configured addresses. We were doing things like
traversing the entire address less for each address removed, and
flushing the entire netfilter conntrack table for every address as
well.
8) Add and use SKB bulk free infrastructure, from Jesper Brouer.
9) Allow offloading u32 classifiers to hardware, and implement for
ixgbe, from John Fastabend.
10) Allow configuring IRQ coalescing parameters on a per-queue basis,
from Kan Liang.
11) Extend ethtool so that larger link mode masks can be supported.
From David Decotigny.
12) Introduce devlink, which can be used to configure port link types
(ethernet vs Infiniband, etc.), port splitting, and switch device
level attributes as a whole. From Jiri Pirko.
13) Hardware offload support for flower classifiers, from Amir Vadai.
14) Add "Local Checksum Offload". Basically, for a tunneled packet
the checksum of the outer header is 'constant' (because with the
checksum field filled into the inner protocol header, the payload
of the outer frame checksums to 'zero'), and we can take advantage
of that in various ways. From Edward Cree"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1548 commits)
bonding: fix bond_get_stats()
net: bcmgenet: fix dma api length mismatch
net/mlx4_core: Fix backward compatibility on VFs
phy: mdio-thunder: Fix some Kconfig typos
lan78xx: add ndo_get_stats64
lan78xx: handle statistics counter rollover
RDS: TCP: Remove unused constant
RDS: TCP: Add sysctl tunables for sndbuf/rcvbuf on rds-tcp socket
net: smc911x: convert pxa dma to dmaengine
team: remove duplicate set of flag IFF_MULTICAST
bonding: remove duplicate set of flag IFF_MULTICAST
net: fix a comment typo
ethernet: micrel: fix some error codes
ip_tunnels, bpf: define IP_TUNNEL_OPTS_MAX and use it
bpf, dst: add and use dst_tclassid helper
bpf: make skb->tc_classid also readable
net: mvneta: bm: clarify dependencies
cls_bpf: reset class and reuse major in da
ldmvsw: Checkpatch sunvnet.c and sunvnet_common.c
ldmvsw: Add ldmvsw.c driver code
...
bond_get_stats() can be called from rtnetlink (with RTNL held)
or from /proc/net/dev seq handler (with RCU held)
The logic added in commit 5f0c5f73e5 ("bonding: make global bonding
stats more reliable") kind of assumed only one cpu could run there.
If multiple threads are reading /proc/net/dev, stats can be really
messed up after a while.
A second problem is that some fields are 32bit, so we need to properly
handle the wrap around problem.
Given that RTNL is not always held, we need to use
bond_for_each_slave_rcu().
Fixes: 5f0c5f73e5 ("bonding: make global bonding stats more reliable")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
Cc: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
eBPF defines this as BPF_TUNLEN_MAX and OVS just uses the hard-coded
value inside struct sw_flow_key. Thus, add and use IP_TUNNEL_OPTS_MAX
for this, which makes the code a bit more generic and allows to remove
BPF_TUNLEN_MAX from eBPF code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can just add a small helper dst_tclassid() for retrieving the
dst->tclassid value. It makes the code a bit better in that we can
get rid of the ifdef from filter.c by moving this into the header.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull crypto update from Herbert Xu:
"Here is the crypto update for 4.6:
API:
- Convert remaining crypto_hash users to shash or ahash, also convert
blkcipher/ablkcipher users to skcipher.
- Remove crypto_hash interface.
- Remove crypto_pcomp interface.
- Add crypto engine for async cipher drivers.
- Add akcipher documentation.
- Add skcipher documentation.
Algorithms:
- Rename crypto/crc32 to avoid name clash with lib/crc32.
- Fix bug in keywrap where we zero the wrong pointer.
Drivers:
- Support T5/M5, T7/M7 SPARC CPUs in n2 hwrng driver.
- Add PIC32 hwrng driver.
- Support BCM6368 in bcm63xx hwrng driver.
- Pack structs for 32-bit compat users in qat.
- Use crypto engine in omap-aes.
- Add support for sama5d2x SoCs in atmel-sha.
- Make atmel-sha available again.
- Make sahara hashing available again.
- Make ccp hashing available again.
- Make sha1-mb available again.
- Add support for multiple devices in ccp.
- Improve DMA performance in caam.
- Add hashing support to rockchip"
* 'linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6: (116 commits)
crypto: qat - remove redundant arbiter configuration
crypto: ux500 - fix checks of error code returned by devm_ioremap_resource()
crypto: atmel - fix checks of error code returned by devm_ioremap_resource()
crypto: qat - Change the definition of icp_qat_uof_regtype
hwrng: exynos - use __maybe_unused to hide pm functions
crypto: ccp - Add abstraction for device-specific calls
crypto: ccp - CCP versioning support
crypto: ccp - Support for multiple CCPs
crypto: ccp - Remove check for x86 family and model
crypto: ccp - memset request context to zero during import
lib/mpi: use "static inline" instead of "extern inline"
lib/mpi: avoid assembler warning
hwrng: bcm63xx - fix non device tree compatibility
crypto: testmgr - allow rfc3686 aes-ctr variants in fips mode.
crypto: qat - The AE id should be less than the maximal AE number
lib/mpi: Endianness fix
crypto: rockchip - add hash support for crypto engine in rk3288
crypto: xts - fix compile errors
crypto: doc - add skcipher API documentation
crypto: doc - update AEAD AD handling
...
We can hit an OOM condition if we are under presure because
we can not free the entries in gc_list fast enough. So add
a counter for the not yet freed entries in the gc_list and
refuse new allocations if the value is too high.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS/OVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes and OVS NAT
support, more specifically this batch is composed of:
1) Fix a crash in ipset when performing a parallel flush/dump with
set:list type, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
2) Make sure NFACCT_FILTER_* netlink attributes are in place before
accessing them, from Phil Turnbull.
3) Check return error code from ip_vs_fill_iph_skb_off() in IPVS SIP
helper, from Arnd Bergmann.
4) Add workaround to IPVS to reschedule existing connections to new
destination server by dropping the packet and wait for retransmission
of TCP syn packet, from Julian Anastasov.
5) Allow connection rescheduling in IPVS when in CLOSE state, also
from Julian.
6) Fix wrong offset of SIP Call-ID in IPVS helper, from Marco Angaroni.
7) Validate IPSET_ATTR_ETHER netlink attribute length, from Jozsef.
8) Check match/targetinfo netlink attribute size in nft_compat,
patch from Florian Westphal.
9) Check for integer overflow on 32-bit systems in x_tables, from
Florian Westphal.
Several patches from Jarno Rajahalme to prepare the introduction of
NAT support to OVS based on the Netfilter infrastructure:
10) Schedule IP_CT_NEW_REPLY definition for removal in
nf_conntrack_common.h.
11) Simplify checksumming recalculation in nf_nat.
12) Add comments to the openvswitch conntrack code, from Jarno.
13) Update the CT state key only after successful nf_conntrack_in()
invocation.
14) Find existing conntrack entry after upcall.
15) Handle NF_REPEAT case due to templates in nf_conntrack_in().
16) Call the conntrack helper functions once the conntrack has been
confirmed.
17) And finally, add the NAT interface to OVS.
The batch closes with:
18) Cleanup to use spin_unlock_wait() instead of
spin_lock()/spin_unlock(), from Nicholas Mc Guire.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netdev_upper_dev_unlink() which notifies NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, returns
void, as well as del_nbp(). So there's no advantage to catch an eventual
error from the port_bridge_leave routine at the DSA level.
Make this routine void for the DSA layer and its existing drivers.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename DSA port_join_bridge and port_leave_bridge routines to
respectively port_bridge_join and port_bridge_leave in order to respect
an implicit Port::Bridge namespace.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2016-03-12
Here's the last bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.6 kernel.
- New USB ID for AR3012 in btusb
- New BCM2E55 ACPI ID
- Buffer overflow fix for the Add Advertising command
- Support for a new Bluetooth LE limited privacy mode
- Fix for firmware activation in btmrvl_sdio
- Cleanups to mac802154 & 6lowpan code
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Per RFC4898, they count segments sent/received
containing a positive length data segment (that includes
retransmission segments carrying data). Unlike
tcpi_segs_out/in, tcpi_data_segs_out/in excludes segments
carrying no data (e.g. pure ack).
The patch also updates the segs_in in tcp_fastopen_add_skb()
so that segs_in >= data_segs_in property is kept.
Together with retransmission data, tcpi_data_segs_out
gives a better signal on the rxmit rate.
v6: Rebase on the latest net-next
v5: Eric pointed out that checking skb->len is still needed in
tcp_fastopen_add_skb() because skb can carry a FIN without data.
Hence, instead of open coding segs_in and data_segs_in, tcp_segs_in()
helper is used. Comment is added to the fastopen case to explain why
segs_in has to be reset and tcp_segs_in() has to be called before
__skb_pull().
v4: Add comment to the changes in tcp_fastopen_add_skb()
and also add remark on this case in the commit message.
v3: Add const modifier to the skb parameter in tcp_segs_in()
v2: Rework based on recent fix by Eric:
commit a9d99ce28e ("tcp: fix tcpi_segs_in after connection establishment")
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Chris Rapier <rapier@psc.edu>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This basic implementation allows to share code between driver using
hardware buffer management. As the code is hardware agnostic, there is
few helpers, most of the optimization brought by the an HW BM has to be
done at driver level.
Tested-by: Sebastian Careba <nitroshift@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates csum_ipv6_magic so that it correctly recognizes that
protocol is a unsigned 8 bit value.
This will allow us to better understand what limitations may or may not be
present in how we handle the data. For example there are a number of
places that call htonl on the protocol value. This is likely not necessary
and can be replaced with a multiplication by ntohl(1) which will be
converted to a shift by the compiler.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently sctp_sendmsg() triggers some calls that will allocate memory
with GFP_ATOMIC even when not necessary. In the case of
sctp_packet_transmit it will allocate a linear skb that will be used to
construct the packet and this may cause sends to fail due to ENOMEM more
often than anticipated specially with big MTUs.
This patch thus allows it to inherit gfp flags from upper calls so that
it can use GFP_KERNEL if it was triggered by a sctp_sendmsg call or
similar. All others, like retransmits or flushes started from BH, are
still allocated using GFP_ATOMIC.
In netperf tests this didn't result in any performance drawbacks when
memory is not too fragmented and made it trigger ENOMEM way less often.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code for csum_block_add was doing a funky byteswap to swap the even and
odd bytes of the checksum if the offset was odd. Instead of doing this we
can save ourselves some trouble and just shift by 8 as this should have the
same effect in terms of the final checksum value and only requires one
instruction.
In addition we can update csum_block_sub to just use csum_block_add with a
inverse value for csum2. This way we follow the same code path as
csum_block_add without having to duplicate it.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work adds support for setting the IPv6 flow label for vxlan per
device and through collect metadata (ip_tunnel_key) frontends. The
vxlan dst cache does not need any special considerations here, for
the cases where caches can be used, the label is static per cache.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch extends udp_tunnel6_xmit_skb() to pass in the IPv6 flow label
from call sites. Currently, there's no such option and it's always set to
zero when writing ip6_flow_hdr(). Add a label member to ip_tunnel_key, so
that flow-based tunnels via collect metadata frontends can make use of it.
vxlan and geneve will be converted to add flow label support separately.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cast pointer to unsigned long instead of u64, to fix compilation warning
on 32 bit arch, spotted by 0day build.
Fixes: 5b33f48 ("net/flower: Introduce hardware offload support")
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simon Horman says:
====================
please consider these IPVS fixes for v4.5 or
if it is too late please consider them for v4.6.
* Arnd Bergman has corrected an error whereby the SIP persistence engine
may incorrectly access protocol fields
* Julian Anastasov has corrected a problem reported by Jiri Bohac with the
connection rescheduling mechanism added in 3.10 when new SYNs in
connection to dead real server can be redirected to another real server.
* Marco Angaroni resolved a problem in the SIP persistence engine
whereby the Call-ID could not be found if it was at the beginning of a
SIP message.
====================
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Enable device drivers to query the action, if and only if is a mark
action and what value to use for marking.
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce the macros tc_no_actions and tc_for_each_action to make code
clearer.
Extracted struct tc_action out of the ifdef to make calls to
is_tcf_gact_shot() and similar functions valid, even when it is a nop.
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Will be used in a following patch to query if a key is being used, and
what it's value in the target object.
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is based on a patch made by John Fastabend.
It adds support for offloading cls_flower.
when NETIF_F_HW_TC is on:
flags = 0 => Rule will be processed twice - by hardware, and if
still relevant, by software.
flags = SKIP_HW => Rull will be processed by software only
If hardware fail/not capabale to apply the rule, operation will NOT
fail. Filter will be processed by SW only.
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The stub helper functions for the newly added kcm_proc_init/exit interfaces
are defined as 'static' in a header file, which leads to build warnings for
each file that includes them without calling them:
include/net/kcm.h:183:12: error: 'kcm_proc_init' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
include/net/kcm.h:184:13: error: 'kcm_proc_exit' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
This marks the two functions as 'static inline' instead, which avoids the
warnings and is obviously what was meant here.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: cd6e111bf5 ("kcm: Add statistics and proc interfaces")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a limited privacy mode indicated by value 0x02 to the mgmt
Set Privacy command.
With value 0x02 the kernel will use privacy mode with a resolvable
private address. In case the controller is bondable and discoverable
the identity address will be used.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the swap pointer and memmove functionality. Instead
we use the well known put/get unaligned access with specific byte order
handling.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Suggested-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds receive timeout for message assembly on the attached TCP
sockets. The timeout is set when a new messages is started and the whole
message has not been received by TCP (not in the receive queue). If the
completely message is subsequently received the timer is cancelled, if the
timer expires the RX side is aborted.
The timeout value is taken from the socket timeout (SO_RCVTIMEO) that is
set on a TCP socket (i.e. set by get sockopt before attaching a TCP socket
to KCM.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Message assembly is performed on the TCP socket. This is logically
equivalent of an application that performs a peek on the socket to find
out how much memory is needed for a receive buffer. The receive socket
buffer also provides the maximum message size which is checked.
The receive algorithm is something like:
1) Receive the first skbuf for a message (or skbufs if multiple are
needed to determine message length).
2) Check the message length against the number of bytes in the TCP
receive queue (tcp_inq()).
- If all the bytes of the message are in the queue (incluing the
skbuf received), then proceed with message assembly (it should
complete with the tcp_read_sock)
- Else, mark the psock with the number of bytes needed to
complete the message.
3) In TCP data ready function, if the psock indicates that we are
waiting for the rest of the bytes of a messages, check the number
of queued bytes against that.
- If there are still not enough bytes for the message, just
return
- Else, clear the waiting bytes and proceed to receive the
skbufs. The message should now be received in one
tcp_read_sock
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds various counters for KCM. These include counters for
messages and bytes received or sent, as well as counters for number of
attached/unattached TCP sockets and other error or edge events.
The statistics are exposed via a proc interface. /proc/net/kcm provides
statistics per KCM socket and per psock (attached TCP sockets).
/proc/net/kcm_stats provides aggregate statistics.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This module implements the Kernel Connection Multiplexor.
Kernel Connection Multiplexor (KCM) is a facility that provides a
message based interface over TCP for generic application protocols.
With KCM an application can efficiently send and receive application
protocol messages over TCP using datagram sockets.
For more information see the included Documentation/networking/kcm.txt
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a common kernel function to get the number of bytes available
on a TCP socket. This is based on code in INQ getsockopt and we now call
the function for that getsockopt.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Helpers like ip_tunnel_info_opts_{get,set}() are only available if
CONFIG_INET is set, thus add an empty definition into the header for
the !CONFIG_INET case, where already other empty inline helpers are
defined.
This avoids ifdef kludge inside filter.c, but also vxlan and geneve
themself where this facility can only be used with, depend on INET
being set. For the !INET case TUNNEL_OPTIONS_PRESENT would never be
set in flags.
Fixes: 14ca0751c9 ("bpf: support for access to tunnel options")
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of our customers observed issues with FIB6 garbage collectors
running in different network namespaces blocking each other, resulting
in soft lockups (fib6_run_gc() initiated from timer runs always in
forced mode).
Now that FIB6 walkers are separated per namespace, there is no more need
for instances of fib6_run_gc() in different namespaces blocking each
other. There is still a call to icmp6_dst_gc() which operates on shared
data but this function is protected by its own shared lock.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IPv6 FIB data structures are separated per network namespace but
there is still only one global walkers list and one global walker list
lock. This means changes in one namespace unnecessarily interfere with
walkers in other namespaces.
Replace the global list with per-netns lists (and give each its own
lock).
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dmitry reported that sctp_add_bind_addr may read more bytes than
expected in case the parameter is a IPv4 addr supplied by the user
through calls such as sctp_bindx_add(), because it always copies
sizeof(union sctp_addr) while the buffer may be just a struct
sockaddr_in, which is smaller.
This patch then fixes it by limiting the memcpy to the min between the
union size and a (new parameter) provided addr size. Where possible this
parameter still is the size of that union, except for reading from
user-provided buffers, which then it accounts for protocol type.
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Tested-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next tree,
they are:
1) Remove useless debug message when deleting IPVS service, from
Yannick Brosseau.
2) Get rid of compilation warning when CONFIG_PROC_FS is unset in
several spots of the IPVS code, from Arnd Bergmann.
3) Add prandom_u32 support to nft_meta, from Florian Westphal.
4) Remove unused variable in xt_osf, from Sudip Mukherjee.
5) Don't calculate IP checksum twice from netfilter ipv4 defrag hook
since fixing af_packet defragmentation issues, from Joe Stringer.
6) On-demand hook registration for iptables from netns. Instead of
registering the hooks for every available netns whenever we need
one of the support tables, we register this on the specific netns
that needs it, patchset from Florian Westphal.
7) Add missing port range selection to nf_tables masquerading support.
BTW, just for the record, there is a typo in the description of
5f6c253ebe ("netfilter: bridge: register hooks only when bridge
interface is added") that refers to the cluster match as deprecated, but
it is actually the CLUSTERIP target (which registers hooks
inconditionally) the one that is scheduled for removal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The assumptions from commit 0c1d70af92 ("net: use dst_cache for vxlan
device"), 468dfffcd7 ("geneve: add dst caching support") and 3c1cb4d260
("net/ipv4: add dst cache support for gre lwtunnels") on dst_cache usage
when ip_tunnel_info is used is unfortunately not always valid as assumed.
While it seems correct for ip_tunnel_info front-ends such as OVS, eBPF
however can fill in ip_tunnel_info for consumers like vxlan, geneve or gre
with different remote dsts, tos, etc, therefore they cannot be assumed as
packet independent.
Right now vxlan, geneve, gre would cache the dst for eBPF and every packet
would reuse the same entry that was first created on the initial route
lookup. eBPF doesn't store/cache the ip_tunnel_info, so each skb may have
a different one.
Fix it by adding a flag that checks the ip_tunnel_info. Also the !tos test
in vxlan needs to be handeled differently in this context as it is currently
inferred from ip_tunnel_info as well if present. ip_tunnel_dst_cache_usable()
helper is added for the three tunnel cases, which checks if we can use dst
cache.
Fixes: 0c1d70af92 ("net: use dst_cache for vxlan device")
Fixes: 468dfffcd7 ("geneve: add dst caching support")
Fixes: 3c1cb4d260 ("net/ipv4: add dst cache support for gre lwtunnels")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 7d672345ed ("bpf: add generic bpf_csum_diff helper") added a
generic checksum diff helper that can feed bpf_l4_csum_replace() with
a target __wsum diff that is to be applied to the L4 checksum. This
facility is very flexible, can be cascaded, allows for adding, removing,
or diffing data, or for calculating the pseudo header checksum from
scratch, but it can also be reused for working with the IPv4 header
checksum.
Thus, analogous to bpf_l4_csum_replace(), add a case for header field
value of 0 to change the checksum at a given offset through a new helper
csum_replace_by_diff(). Also, in addition to that, this provides an
easy to use interface for feeding precalculated diffs f.e. coming from
a map. It nicely complements bpf_l3_csum_replace() that currently allows
only for csum updates of 2 and 4 byte diffs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several cases of overlapping changes, as well as one instance
(vxlan) of a bug fix in 'net' overlapping with code movement
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jiri Bohac is reporting for a problem where the attempt
to reschedule existing connection to another real server
needs proper redirect for the conntrack used by the IPVS
connection. For example, when IPVS connection is created
to NAT-ed real server we alter the reply direction of
conntrack. If we later decide to select different real
server we can not alter again the conntrack. And if we
expire the old connection, the new connection is left
without conntrack.
So, the only way to redirect both the IPVS connection and
the Netfilter's conntrack is to drop the SYN packet that
hits existing connection, to wait for the next jiffie
to expire the old connection and its conntrack and to rely
on client's retransmission to create new connection as
usually.
Jiri Bohac provided a fix that drops all SYNs on rescheduling,
I extended his patch to do such drops only for connections
that use conntrack. Here is the original report from Jiri Bohac:
Since commit dc7b3eb900 ("ipvs: Fix reuse connection if real server
is dead"), new connections to dead servers are redistributed
immediately to new servers. The old connection is expired using
ip_vs_conn_expire_now() which sets the connection timer to expire
immediately.
However, before the timer callback, ip_vs_conn_expire(), is run
to clean the connection's conntrack entry, the new redistributed
connection may already be established and its conntrack removed
instead.
Fix this by dropping the first packet of the new connection
instead, like we do when the destination server is not available.
The timer will have deleted the old conntrack entry long before
the first packet of the new connection is retransmitted.
Fixes: dc7b3eb900 ("ipvs: Fix reuse connection if real server is dead")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Bohac <jbohac@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Some devices declare a high number of TX queues, then set a much
lower real_num_tx_queues
This cause setups using fq_codel, sfq or fq as the default qdisc to consume
more memory than really needed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2016-03-01
Here's our main set of Bluetooth & 802.15.4 patches for the 4.6 kernel.
- New Bluetooth HCI driver for Intel/AG6xx controllers
- New Broadcom ACPI IDs
- LED trigger support for indicating Bluetooth powered state
- Various fixes in mac802154, 6lowpan and related drivers
- New USB IDs for AR3012 Bluetooth controllers
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ICMP timestamp messages and IP source route options require
timestamps to be in milliseconds modulo 24 hours from
midnight UT format.
Add inet_current_timestamp() function to support this. The function
returns the required timestamp in network byte order.
Timestamp calculation is also changed to call ktime_get_real_ts64()
which uses struct timespec64. struct timespec64 is y2038 safe.
Previously it called getnstimeofday() which uses struct timespec.
struct timespec is not y2038 safe.
Signed-off-by: Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action allows for a sending side to encapsulate arbitrary metadata
which is decapsulated by the receiving end.
The sender runs in encoding mode and the receiver in decode mode.
Both sender and receiver must specify the same ethertype.
At some point we hope to have a registered ethertype and we'll
then provide a default so the user doesnt have to specify it.
For now we enforce the user specify it.
Lets show example usage where we encode icmp from a sender towards
a receiver with an skbmark of 17; both sender and receiver use
ethertype of 0xdead to interop.
YYYY: Lets start with Receiver-side policy config:
xxx: add an ingress qdisc
sudo tc qdisc add dev $ETH ingress
xxx: any packets with ethertype 0xdead will be subjected to ife decoding
xxx: we then restart the classification so we can match on icmp at prio 3
sudo $TC filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: prio 2 protocol 0xdead \
u32 match u32 0 0 flowid 1:1 \
action ife decode reclassify
xxx: on restarting the classification from above if it was an icmp
xxx: packet, then match it here and continue to the next rule at prio 4
xxx: which will match based on skb mark of 17
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: prio 3 protocol ip \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:1 \
action continue
xxx: match on skbmark of 0x11 (decimal 17) and accept
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: prio 4 protocol ip \
handle 0x11 fw flowid 1:1 \
action ok
xxx: Lets show the decoding policy
sudo tc -s filter ls dev $ETH parent ffff: protocol 0xdead
xxx:
filter pref 2 u32
filter pref 2 u32 fh 800: ht divisor 1
filter pref 2 u32 fh 800::800 order 2048 key ht 800 bkt 0 flowid 1:1 (rule hit 0 success 0)
match 00000000/00000000 at 0 (success 0 )
action order 1: ife decode action reclassify
index 1 ref 1 bind 1 installed 14 sec used 14 sec
type: 0x0
Metadata: allow mark allow hash allow prio allow qmap
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
xxx:
Observe that above lists all metadatum it can decode. Typically these
submodules will already be compiled into a monolithic kernel or
loaded as modules
YYYY: Lets show the sender side now ..
xxx: Add an egress qdisc on the sender netdev
sudo tc qdisc add dev $ETH root handle 1: prio
xxx:
xxx: Match all icmp packets to 192.168.122.237/24, then
xxx: tag the packet with skb mark of decimal 17, then
xxx: Encode it with:
xxx: ethertype 0xdead
xxx: add skb->mark to whitelist of metadatum to send
xxx: rewrite target dst MAC address to 02:15:15:15:15:15
xxx:
sudo $TC filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 u32 \
match ip dst 192.168.122.237/24 \
match ip protocol 1 0xff \
flowid 1:2 \
action skbedit mark 17 \
action ife encode \
type 0xDEAD \
allow mark \
dst 02:15:15:15:15:15
xxx: Lets show the encoding policy
sudo tc -s filter ls dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip
xxx:
filter pref 10 u32
filter pref 10 u32 fh 800: ht divisor 1
filter pref 10 u32 fh 800::800 order 2048 key ht 800 bkt 0 flowid 1:2 (rule hit 0 success 0)
match c0a87aed/ffffffff at 16 (success 0 )
match 00010000/00ff0000 at 8 (success 0 )
action order 1: skbedit mark 17
index 6 ref 1 bind 1
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
action order 2: ife encode action pipe
index 3 ref 1 bind 1
dst MAC: 02:15:15:15:15:15 type: 0xDEAD
Metadata: allow mark
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
xxx:
test by sending ping from sender to destination
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a user explicitly requests VLAN filtering with something like:
# echo 1 > /sys/class/net/<bridge>/bridge/vlan_filtering
Switchdev propagates a SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING port
attribute.
Add support for it in the DSA layer with a new port_vlan_filtering
function to let drivers toggle 802.1Q filtering on user demand.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to
userspace via generic Netlink interface.
There are two basic objects defined:
devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC
devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device.
This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace.
Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the initial implementation the only way to stop a rule from being
inserted into the hardware table was via the device feature flag.
However this doesn't work well when working on an end host system
where packets are expect to hit both the hardware and software
datapaths.
For example we can imagine a rule that will match an IP address and
increment a field. If we install this rule in both hardware and
software we may increment the field twice. To date we have only
added support for the drop action so we have been able to ignore
these cases. But as we extend the action support we will hit this
example plus more such cases. Arguably these are not even corner
cases in many working systems these cases will be common.
To avoid forcing the driver to always abort (i.e. the above example)
this patch adds a flag to add a rule in software only. A careful
user can use this flag to build software and hardware datapaths
that work together. One example we have found particularly useful
is to use hardware resources to set the skb->mark on the skb when
the match may be expensive to run in software but a mark lookup
in a hash table is cheap. The idea here is hardware can do in one
lookup what the u32 classifier may need to traverse multiple lists
and hash tables to compute. The flag is only passed down on inserts.
On deletion to avoid stale references in hardware we always try
to remove a rule if it exists.
The flags field is part of the classifier specific options. Although
it is tempting to lift this into the generic structure doing this
proves difficult do to how the tc netlink attributes are implemented
along with how the dump/change routines are called. There is also
precedence for putting seemingly generic pieces in the specific
classifier options such as TCA_U32_POLICE, TCA_U32_ACT, etc. So
although not ideal I've left FLAGS in the u32 options as well as it
simplifies the code greatly and user space has already learned how
to manage these bits ala 'tc' tool.
Another thing if trying to update a rule we require the flags to
be unchanged. This is to force user space, software u32 and
the hardware u32 to keep in sync. Thanks to Simon Horman for
catching this case.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the original series drivers would get offload requests for cls_u32
rules even if the feature bit is disabled. This meant the driver had
to do a boiler plate check on the feature bit before adding/deleting
the rule.
This patch lifts the check into the core code and removes it from the
driver specific case.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The offload decision was originally very basic and tied to if the dev
implemented the appropriate ndo op hook. The next step is to allow
the user to more flexibly define if any paticular rule should be
offloaded or not. In order to have this logic in one function lift
the current check into a helper routine tc_should_offload().
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the bottom qdisc decides to, for example, drop some packet,
it calls qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() to update the queue length
for all its ancestors, we need to update the backlog too to
keep the stats on root qdisc accurate.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove nearly duplicated code and prepare for the following patch.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
David Lamparter noted a use case where the source address selection fails
to pick an address from a VRF interface - unnumbered interfaces.
Relevant commands from his script:
ip addr add 9.9.9.9/32 dev lo
ip link set lo up
ip link add name vrf0 type vrf table 101
ip rule add oif vrf0 table 101
ip rule add iif vrf0 table 101
ip link set vrf0 up
ip addr add 10.0.0.3/32 dev vrf0
ip link add name dummy2 type dummy
ip link set dummy2 master vrf0 up
--> note dummy2 has no address - unnumbered device
ip route add 10.2.2.2/32 dev dummy2 table 101
ip neigh add 10.2.2.2 dev dummy2 lladdr 02:00:00:00:00:02
tcpdump -ni dummy2 &
And using ping instead of his socat example:
$ ping -I vrf0 -c1 10.2.2.2
ping: Warning: source address might be selected on device other than vrf0.
PING 10.2.2.2 (10.2.2.2) from 9.9.9.9 vrf0: 56(84) bytes of data.
>From tcpdump:
12:57:29.449128 IP 9.9.9.9 > 10.2.2.2: ICMP echo request, id 2491, seq 1, length 64
Note the source address is from lo and is not a VRF local address. With
this patch:
$ ping -I vrf0 -c1 10.2.2.2
PING 10.2.2.2 (10.2.2.2) from 10.0.0.3 vrf0: 56(84) bytes of data.
>From tcpdump:
12:59:25.096426 IP 10.0.0.3 > 10.2.2.2: ICMP echo request, id 2113, seq 1, length 64
Now the source address comes from vrf0.
The ipv4 function for selecting source address takes a const argument.
Removing the const requires touching a lot of places, so instead
l3mdev_master_ifindex_rcu is changed to take a const argument and then
do the typecast to non-const as required by netdev_master_upper_dev_get_rcu.
This is similar to what l3mdev_fib_table_rcu does.
IPv6 for unnumbered interfaces appears to be selecting the addresses
properly.
Cc: David Lamparter <david@opensourcerouting.org>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VLAN GetNext operation is specific to some switches, and thus can be
complicated to implement for some drivers.
Remove the support for the vlan_getnext/port_pvid_get approach in favor
of the generic and simpler port_vlan_dump function.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to port_fdb_dump, add a port_vlan_dump function to DSA drivers
which gets passed the switchdev VLAN object and callback.
This function, if implemented, takes precedence over the soon legacy
vlan_getnext/port_pvid_get approach.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently tc actions are stored in a per-module hashtable,
therefore are visible to all network namespaces. This is
probably the last part of the tc subsystem which is not
aware of netns now. This patch makes them per-netns,
several tc action API's need to be adjusted for this.
The tc action API code is ugly due to historical reasons,
we need to refactor that code in the future.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We only release the memory of the hashtable itself, not its
entries inside. This is not a problem yet since we only call
it in module release path, and module is refcount'ed by
actions. This would be a problem after we move the per module
hinfo into per netns in the latter patch.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* stop critical protocol session on disconnect to avoid
it getting stuck
* wext: fix two RTNL message ordering issues
* fix an uninitialized value (found by KASAN)
* fix an out-of-bounds access (also found by KASAN)
* clear connection keys when freeing them in all cases
(IBSS, all other places already did so)
* fix expected throughput unit to get consistent values
* set default TX aggregation timeout to 0 in minstrel
to avoid (really just hide) issues and perform better
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=01n9
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-02-23' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Another small set of fixes:
* stop critical protocol session on disconnect to avoid
it getting stuck
* wext: fix two RTNL message ordering issues
* fix an uninitialized value (found by KASAN)
* fix an out-of-bounds access (also found by KASAN)
* clear connection keys when freeing them in all cases
(IBSS, all other places already did so)
* fix expected throughput unit to get consistent values
* set default TX aggregation timeout to 0 in minstrel
to avoid (really just hide) issues and perform better
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers may need to track which vif is using VHT MU-MIMO.
Move the flag indicationg the ownership of MU_MIMO to
ieee80211_vif.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Provide an interface to the lower level driver to set the VHT
MU-MIMO data. This is needed for example when there is an update
of the group data during low power state, where the management
frame will not be passed to the host at all.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the PNs of all the tx keys are now tracked in the public
part of the key struct (with atomic counter), we no longer
need these functions.
dvm and vt665{5,6} are currently the only users of these functions,
so update them accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers/devices might want to set the IVs by
themselves (and still let mac80211 generate MMIC).
Specifically, this is needed when the device does
offloading at certain times, and the driver has
to make sure that the IVs of new tx frames (from
the host) are synchronized with IVs that were
potentially used during the offloading.
Similarly to CCMP, move the TX IVs of TKIP keys to the
public part of the key struct, and export a function
to add the IV right into the crypto header.
The public tx_pn field is defined as atomic64, so define
TKIP_PN_TO_IV16/32 helper macros to convert it to iv16/32
when needed.
Since the iv32 used for the p1k cache is taken
directly from the frame, we can safely remove
iv16/32 from being protected by tkip.txlock.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
PBSS (Personal Basic Service Set) is a new BSS type for DMG
networks. It is similar to infrastructure BSS, having an AP-like
entity called PCP (PBSS Control Point), but it has few differences.
PBSS support is mandatory for 11ad devices.
Add support for PBSS by introducing a new PBSS flag attribute.
The PBSS flag is used in the START_AP command to request starting
a PCP instead of an AP, and in the CONNECT command to request
connecting to a PCP instead of an AP.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <liord@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If any frames are dropped that are part of a BA session, the reorder
buffer will "indefinitely" (until the timeout) wait for them to come
in (or a BAR moving the window) and won't release frames after them.
This means it isn't possible to filter frames within a BA session in
firmware.
Introduce an API function that allows such filtering. Calling this
function will move the BA window forward to the new SSN, and allows
marking frames after the SSN as having been filtered, so any future
reordering activity will release frames while skipping the holes.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will allow drivers to make more educated
decisions whether to defer transmission or not.
Relying on wake_tx_queue() call count implicitly
was not possible because it could be called
without queued frame count actually changing on
software tx aggregation start/stop code paths.
It was also not possible to know how long
byte-wise queue was without dequeueing.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers/devices without their own rate control algorithm can get the
information what rates they should use from either the radiotap header of
injected frames or from the rate control algorithm. But the parsing of the
legacy rate information from the radiotap header was removed in commit
e6a9854b05 ("mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API").
The removal of this feature heavily reduced the usefulness of frame
injection when wanting to simulate specific transmission behavior. Having
rate parsing together with MCS rates and retry support allows a fine
grained selection of the tx behavior of injected frames for these kind of
tests.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Cc: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The timestamp given by iwlwifi is at the beginning of the
frame over the air, at (or during) the SYNC field. Allow
such timestamps to be given to mac80211, at least (for now)
for frames with non-HT/VHT preambles.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make the addr parameter const in SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR() to save
clients from having to cast away a const qualifier.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@sonymobile.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In VHT, the specification allows to limit the number of
MSDUs in an A-MSDU in the Extended Capabilities IE. There
is also a limitation on the byte size in the VHT IE.
In HT, the only limitation is on the byte size.
Parse the capabilities from the peer and make them
available to the driver.
In HT, there is another limitation when a BA agreement
is active: the byte size can't be greater than 4095.
This is not enforced here.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers offload some frames internally (e.g.
AddBa). Reporting such frames to mac80211 would
only confuse MLME. However it would be useful to
be able to pass such frames to monitor interfaces
for sniffing purposes, e.g. when running AP +
monitor.
To do that allow drivers to tell mac80211 whether
a given frame should be:
- processed but not delivered to any monitor vif
- not processed but delievered to monitor vifs
only
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Bajorski <grzegorz.bajorski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Enable driver to manage the reordering logic itself.
This is needed for example for the iwlwifi driver that
will support hardware assisted reordering.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some DSA drivers may or may not support multiple software bridges on top
of an hardware switch.
It is more convenient for them to access the bridge's net_device for
finer configuration.
Removing the need to craft and access a bitmask also simplifies the
code.
This patch changes the signature of bridge related functions, update DSA
drivers, and removes dsa_slave_br_port_mask.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduce support for IPHC stateful address compression. It
will offer the context table via one debugfs entry.
This debugfs has and directory for each cid entry for the context table.
Inside each cid directory there exists the following files:
- "active": If the entry is added or deleted. The context table is
original a list implementation, this flag will indicate if the
context is part of list or not.
- "prefix": The ipv6 prefix.
- "prefix_length": The prefix length for the prefix.
- "compression": The compression flag according RFC6775.
This part should be moved into sysfs after some testing time.
Also the debugfs entry contains a "show" file which is a pretty-printout
for the current context table information.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
I got report about that sometimes the WARN_ON occurs there which should
never happen. I came to the conclusion that the mac header is there but
inside the headroom of skb. The skb->len information doesn't contain the
information about the headroom length and skb->len is lesser than two.
We check now if the skb_mac_header pointer is set and the room between
mac header pointer and tail pointer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add support for LED triggers to the Bluetooth subsystem and add kernel
config symbol BT_LEDS for it.
For now one trigger for indicating "HCI is powered up" is supported.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/phy/bcm7xxx.c
drivers/net/phy/marvell.c
drivers/net/vxlan.c
All three conflicts were cases of simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that if UDP CSUM is not specified we will default
to enabling it. The main motivation behind this is the fact that with the
use of outer checksum we can greatly improve the performance for VXLAN
tunnels on devices that don't know how to parse tunnel headers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The lwt implementations using net devices can autoload using the
existing mechanism using IFLA_INFO_KIND. However, there's no mechanism
that lwt modules not using net devices can use.
Therefore, add the ability to autoload modules registering lwt
operations for lwt implementations not using a net device so that
users don't have to manually load the modules.
Only users with the CAP_NET_ADMIN capability can cause modules to be
loaded, which is ensured by rtnetlink_rcv_msg rejecting non-RTM_GETxxx
messages for users without this capability, and by
lwtunnel_build_state not being called in response to RTM_GETxxx
messages.
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
follows up commit 45f6fad84c ("ipv6: add complete rcu protection around
np->opt") which added mixed rcu/refcount protection to np->opt.
Given the current implementation of rcu_pointer_handoff(), this has no
effect at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Part of skb_scrub_packet was open coded in iptunnel_pull_header. Let it call
skb_scrub_packet directly instead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tun_id field in struct ip_tunnel_key is __be64, not __be32. We need to
convert the vni to tun_id correctly.
Fixes: 54bfd872bf ("vxlan: keep flags and vni in network byte order")
Reported-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit bb9b18fb55 ("genl: Add genlmsg_new_unicast() for
unicast message allocation")'.
Nothing wrong with it; its no longer needed since this was only for
mmapped netlink support.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ilya reported following lockdep splat:
kernel: =========================
kernel: [ BUG: held lock freed! ]
kernel: 4.5.0-rc1-ceph-00026-g5e0a311 #1 Not tainted
kernel: -------------------------
kernel: swapper/5/0 is freeing memory
ffff880035c9d200-ffff880035c9dbff, with a lock still held there!
kernel: (&(&queue->rskq_lock)->rlock){+.-...}, at:
[<ffffffff816f6a88>] inet_csk_reqsk_queue_add+0x28/0xa0
kernel: 4 locks held by swapper/5/0:
kernel: #0: (rcu_read_lock){......}, at: [<ffffffff8169ef6b>]
netif_receive_skb_internal+0x4b/0x1f0
kernel: #1: (rcu_read_lock){......}, at: [<ffffffff816e977f>]
ip_local_deliver_finish+0x3f/0x380
kernel: #2: (slock-AF_INET){+.-...}, at: [<ffffffff81685ffb>]
sk_clone_lock+0x19b/0x440
kernel: #3: (&(&queue->rskq_lock)->rlock){+.-...}, at:
[<ffffffff816f6a88>] inet_csk_reqsk_queue_add+0x28/0xa0
To properly fix this issue, inet_csk_reqsk_queue_add() needs
to return to its callers if the child as been queued
into accept queue.
We also need to make sure listener is still there before
calling sk->sk_data_ready(), by holding a reference on it,
since the reference carried by the child can disappear as
soon as the child is put on accept queue.
Reported-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Fixes: ebb516af60 ("tcp/dccp: fix race at listener dismantle phase")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the gc of ipv4 route was removed, the route cached would has
no chance to be removed, and even it has been timeout, it still could
be used, cause no code to check it's expires.
Fix this issue by checking and removing route cache when we get route.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prevent repeated conversions from and to network order in the fast path.
To achieve this, define all flag constants in big endian order and store VNI
as __be32. To prevent confusion between the actual VNI value and the VNI
field from the header (which contains additional reserved byte), strictly
distinguish between "vni" and "vni_field".
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, pointer to the vxlan header is kept in a local variable. It has
to be reloaded whenever the pskb pull operations are performed which usually
happens somewhere deep in called functions.
Create a vxlan_hdr function and use it to reference the vxlan header
instead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 8b570dc9f7 ("sctp: only drop the reference on the datamsg
after sending a msg") used sctp_datamsg_put in sctp_sendmsg, instead of
sctp_datamsg_free, this function has no use in sctp.
So we will remove it.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a helper function drivers can use to learn if the
action type is a drop action.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows netdev drivers to consume cls_u32 offloads via
the ndo_setup_tc ndo op.
This works aligns with how network drivers have been doing qdisc
offloads for mqprio.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of UDP traffic with datagram length
below MTU this give about 2% performance increase
when tunneling over ipv4 and about 60% when tunneling
over ipv6
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Suggested-and-acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of UDP traffic with datagram length
below MTU this give about 3% performance increase
when tunneling over ipv4 and about 70% when
tunneling over ipv6.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Suggested-and-acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current ip_tunnel cache implementation is prone to a race
that will cause the wrong dst to be cached on cuncurrent dst cache
miss and ip tunnel update via netlink.
Replacing with the generic implementation fix the issue.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Suggested-and-acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This also fix a potential race into the existing tunnel code, which
could lead to the wrong dst to be permanenty cached:
CPU1: CPU2:
<xmit on ip6_tunnel>
<cache lookup fails>
dst = ip6_route_output(...)
<tunnel params are changed via nl>
dst_cache_reset() // no effect,
// the cache is empty
dst_cache_set() // the wrong dst
// is permanenty stored
// into the cache
With the new dst implementation the above race is not possible
since the first cache lookup after dst_cache_reset will fail due
to the timestamp check
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Suggested-and-acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add a generic, lockless dst cache implementation.
The need for lock is avoided updating the dst cache fields
only in per cpu scope, and requiring that the cache manipulation
functions are invoked with the local bh disabled.
The refresh_ts and reset_ts fields are used to ensure the cache
consistency in case of cuncurrent cache update (dst_cache_set*) and
reset operation (dst_cache_reset).
Consider the following scenario:
CPU1: CPU2:
<cache lookup with emtpy cache: it fails>
<get dst via uncached route lookup>
<related configuration changes>
dst_cache_reset()
dst_cache_set()
The dst entry set passed to dst_cache_set() should not be used
for later dst cache lookup, because it's obtained using old
configuration values.
Since the refresh_ts is updated only on dst_cache lookup, the
cached value in the above scenario will be discarded on the next
lookup.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Suggested-and-acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All users now pass false, so we can remove it, and remove the code that
was conditional upon it.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only protocol affected at present is Geneve.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This was initially introduced in df2cf4a78e ("IGMP: Inhibit
reports for local multicast groups") by defining the sysctl in the
ipv4_net_table array, however it was never implemented to be
namespace aware. Fix this by changing the code accordingly.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change extends the fast SO_REUSEPORT socket lookup implemented
for UDP to TCP. Listener sockets with SO_REUSEPORT and the same
receive address are additionally added to an array for faster
random access. This means that only a single socket from the group
must be found in the listener list before any socket in the group can
be used to receive a packet. Previously, every socket in the group
needed to be considered before handing off the incoming packet.
This feature also exposes the ability to use a BPF program when
selecting a socket from a reuseport group.
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a preliminary step to allow fast socket lookup of SO_REUSEPORT
groups. Doing so with a BPF filter will require access to the
skb in question. This change plumbs the skb (and offset to payload
data) through the call stack to the listening socket lookup
implementations where it will be used in a following patch.
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support fast lookups for TCP sockets with SO_REUSEPORT,
the function that adds sockets to the listening hash set needs
to be able to check receive address equality. Since this equality
check is different for IPv4 and IPv6, we will need two different
socket hashing functions.
This patch adds inet6_hash identical to the existing inet_hash function
and updates the appropriate references. A following patch will
differentiate the two by passing different comparison functions to
__inet_hash.
Additionally, in order to use the IPv6 address equality function from
inet6_hashtables (which is compiled as a built-in object when IPv6 is
enabled) it also needs to be in a built-in object file as well. This
moves ipv6_rcv_saddr_equal into inet_hashtables to accomplish this.
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support fast reuseport lookups in TCP, the hash function
defined in struct proto must be capable of returning an error code.
This patch changes the function signature of all related hash functions
to return an integer and handles or propagates this return value at
all call sites.
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to 4.3, openvswitch tunnel vports (vxlan, gre and geneve) could
transmit vxlan packets of any size, constrained only by the ability to
send out the resulting packets. 4.3 introduced netdevs corresponding
to tunnel vports. These netdevs have an MTU, which limits the size of
a packet that can be successfully encapsulated. The default MTU
values are low (1500 or less), which is awkwardly small in the context
of physical networks supporting jumbo frames, and leads to a
conspicuous change in behaviour for userspace.
Instead, set the MTU on openvswitch-created netdevs to be the relevant
maximum (i.e. the maximum IP packet size minus any relevant overhead),
effectively restoring the behaviour prior to 4.3.
Signed-off-by: David Wragg <david@weave.works>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the bonding allows to set ad_actor_system and prio while the
bond device is down, but these are actually applied only if there aren't
any slaves yet (applied to bond device when first slave shows up, and to
slaves at 3ad bind time). After this patch changes are applied immediately
and the new values can be used/seen after the bond's upped so it's not
necessary anymore to release all and enslave again to see the changes.
CC: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
CC: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Petr Novopashenniy reported that ICMP redirects on SYN_RECV sockets
were leading to RST.
This is of course incorrect.
A specific list of ICMP messages should be able to drop a SYN_RECV.
For instance, a REDIRECT on SYN_RECV shall be ignored, as we do
not hold a dst per SYN_RECV pseudo request.
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=111751
Fixes: 079096f103 ("tcp/dccp: install syn_recv requests into ehash table")
Reported-by: Petr Novopashenniy <pety@rusnet.ru>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit referenced in the Fixes tag incorrectly accounted the number
of in-flight fds over a unix domain socket to the original opener
of the file-descriptor. This allows another process to arbitrary
deplete the original file-openers resource limit for the maximum of
open files. Instead the sending processes and its struct cred should
be credited.
To do so, we add a reference counted struct user_struct pointer to the
scm_fp_list and use it to account for the number of inflight unix fds.
Fixes: 712f4aad40 ("unix: properly account for FDs passed over unix sockets")
Reported-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Cc: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Cc: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RCO and GBP are VXLAN extensions, not specified in RFC 7348. Because of
that, they need to be explicitly enabled when creating vxlan interface. By
default, those extensions are not used and plain VXLAN header is sent and
received.
Reflect this in vxlan.h: first, the plain VXLAN header is defined. Following
it, RCO is documented and defined, and likewise for GBP.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VNI_HASH_BITS and VNI_HASH_SIZE are defined twice. Remove the extra
definitions.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
include/net/vxlan.h is a kernel header, no need to prefix fixed size types
with double underscore.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we acknowledge a FIN, it is not enough to ack the sequence number
and queue the skb into receive queue. We also have to call tcp_fin()
to properly update socket state and send proper poll() notifications.
It seems we also had the problem if we received a SYN packet with the
FIN flag set, but it does not seem an urgent issue, as no known
implementation can do that.
Fixes: 61d2bcae99 ("tcp: fastopen: accept data/FIN present in SYNACK message")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 7413 (TCP Fast Open) 4.2.2 states that the SYNACK message
MAY include data and/or FIN
This patch adds support for the client side :
If we receive a SYNACK with payload or FIN, queue the skb instead
of ignoring it.
Since we already support the same for SYN, we refactor the existing
code and reuse it. Note we need to clone the skb, so this operation
might fail under memory pressure.
Sara Dickinson pointed out FreeBSD server Fast Open implementation
was planned to generate such SYNACK in the future.
The server side might be implemented on linux later.
Reported-by: Sara Dickinson <sara@sinodun.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"This looks like a lot but it's a mixture of regression fixes as well
as fixes for longer standing issues.
1) Fix on-channel cancellation in mac80211, from Johannes Berg.
2) Handle CHECKSUM_COMPLETE properly in xt_TCPMSS netfilter xtables
module, from Eric Dumazet.
3) Avoid infinite loop in UDP SO_REUSEPORT logic, also from Eric
Dumazet.
4) Avoid a NULL deref if we try to set SO_REUSEPORT after a socket is
bound, from Craig Gallek.
5) GRO key comparisons don't take lightweight tunnels into account,
from Jesse Gross.
6) Fix struct pid leak via SCM credentials in AF_UNIX, from Eric
Dumazet.
7) We need to set the rtnl_link_ops of ipv6 SIT tunnels before we
register them, otherwise the NEWLINK netlink message is missing
the proper attributes. From Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo.
8) Several Spectrum chip bug fixes for mlxsw switch driver, from Ido
Schimmel
9) Handle fragments properly in ipv4 easly socket demux, from Eric
Dumazet.
10) Don't ignore the ifindex key specifier on ipv6 output route
lookups, from Paolo Abeni"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (128 commits)
tcp: avoid cwnd undo after receiving ECN
irda: fix a potential use-after-free in ircomm_param_request
net: tg3: avoid uninitialized variable warning
net: nb8800: avoid uninitialized variable warning
net: vxge: avoid unused function warnings
net: bgmac: clarify CONFIG_BCMA dependency
net: hp100: remove unnecessary #ifdefs
net: davinci_cpdma: use dma_addr_t for DMA address
ipv6/udp: use sticky pktinfo egress ifindex on connect()
ipv6: enforce flowi6_oif usage in ip6_dst_lookup_tail()
netlink: not trim skb for mmaped socket when dump
vxlan: fix a out of bounds access in __vxlan_find_mac
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: fix port VLAN maps
fib_trie: Fix shift by 32 in fib_table_lookup
net: moxart: use correct accessors for DMA memory
ipv4: ipconfig: avoid unused ic_proto_used symbol
bnxt_en: Fix crash in bnxt_free_tx_skbs() during tx timeout.
bnxt_en: Exclude rx_drop_pkts hw counter from the stack's rx_dropped counter.
bnxt_en: Ring free response from close path should use completion ring
net_sched: drr: check for NULL pointer in drr_dequeue
...
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth 2016-01-30
Here's a set of important Bluetooth fixes for the 4.5 kernel:
- Two fixes to 6LoWPAN code (one fixing a potential crash)
- Fix LE pairing with devices using both public and random addresses
- Fix allocation of dynamic LE PSM values
- Fix missing COMPATIBLE_IOCTL for UART line discipline
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current implementation of ip6_dst_lookup_tail basically
ignore the egress ifindex match: if the saddr is set,
ip6_route_output() purposefully ignores flowi6_oif, due
to the commit d46a9d678e ("net: ipv6: Dont add RT6_LOOKUP_F_IFACE
flag if saddr set"), if the saddr is 'any' the first route lookup
in ip6_dst_lookup_tail fails, but upon failure a second lookup will
be performed with saddr set, thus ignoring the ifindex constraint.
This commit adds an output route lookup function variant, which
allows the caller to specify lookup flags, and modify
ip6_dst_lookup_tail() to enforce the ifindex match on the second
lookup via said helper.
ip6_route_output() becames now a static inline function build on
top of ip6_route_output_flags(); as a side effect, out-of-tree
modules need now a GPL license to access the output route lookup
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since cfg80211 frequently takes actions from its netdev notifier
call, wireless extensions messages could still be ordered badly
since the wext netdev notifier, since wext is built into the
kernel, runs before the cfg80211 netdev notifier. For example,
the following can happen:
5: wlan1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc mq state DOWN group default
link/ether 02:00:00:00:01:00 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
5: wlan1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP>
link/ether
when setting the interface down causes the wext message.
To also fix this, export the wireless_nlevent_flush() function
and also call it from the cfg80211 notifier.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Having proper defines makes the code a bit readable, it also avoids
duplicating hard-coded values since these are also needed when
auto-allocating PSM values (in a subsequent patch).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
After we use refcnt to check if transport is alive, the dead can be
removed from sctp_transport.
The traversal of transport_addr_list in procfs dump is using
list_for_each_entry_rcu, no need to check if it has been freed.
sctp_generate_t3_rtx_event and sctp_generate_heartbeat_event is
protected by sock lock, it's not necessary to check dead, either.
also, the timers are cancelled when sctp_transport_free() is
called, that it doesn't wait for refcnt to reach 0 to cancel them.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now when __sctp_lookup_association is running in BH, it will try to
check if t->dead is set, but meanwhile other CPUs may be freeing this
transport and this assoc and if it happens that
__sctp_lookup_association checked t->dead a bit too early, it may think
that the association is still good while it was already freed.
So we fix this race by using atomic_add_unless in sctp_transport_hold.
After we get one transport from hashtable, we will hold it only when
this transport's refcnt is not 0, so that we can make sure t->asoc
cannot be freed before we hold the asoc again.
Note that sctp association is not freed using RCU so we can't use
atomic_add_unless() with it as it may just be too late for that either.
Fixes: 4f00878126 ("sctp: apply rhashtable api to send/recv path")
Reported-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces uses of the long obsolete hash interface with
ahash.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces uses of the long obsolete hash interface with
shash.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cgroup methods are no longer used after baac50bbc3 ("net:
tcp_memcontrol: simplify linkage between socket and page counter").
The hunk to delete them was included in the original patch but must
have gotten lost during conflict resolution on the way upstream.
Fixes: baac50bbc3 ("net: tcp_memcontrol: simplify linkage between socket and page counter")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GRO is currently not aware of tunnel metadata generated by lightweight
tunnels and stored in the dst. This leads to two possible problems:
* Incorrectly merging two frames that have different metadata.
* Leaking of allocated metadata from merged frames.
This avoids those problems by comparing the tunnel information before
merging, similar to how we handle other metadata (such as vlan tags),
and releasing any state when we are done.
Reported-by: John <john.phillips5@hpe.com>
Fixes: 2e15ea39 ("ip_gre: Add support to collect tunnel metadata.")
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_memcontrol.c only contains legacy memory.tcp.kmem.* file definitions
and mem_cgroup->tcp_mem init/destroy stuff. This doesn't belong to
network subsys. Let's move it to memcontrol.c. This also allows us to
reuse generic code for handling legacy memcg files.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This series adds accounting of the historical "kmem" memory consumers to
the cgroup2 memory controller.
These consumers include the dentry cache, the inode cache, kernel stack
pages, and a few others that are pointed out in patch 7/8. The
footprint of these consumers is directly tied to userspace activity in
common workloads, and so they have to be part of the minimally viable
configuration in order to present a complete feature to our users.
The cgroup2 interface of the memory controller is far from complete, but
this series, along with the socket memory accounting series, provides
the final semantic changes for the existing memory knobs in the cgroup2
interface, which is scheduled for initial release in the next merge
window.
This patch (of 8):
Remove unused css argument frmo memcg_init_kmem()
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
When we need to lock all buckets in the connection hashtable we'd attempt to
lock 1024 spinlocks, which is way more preemption levels than supported by
the kernel. Furthermore, this behavior was hidden by checking if lockdep is
enabled, and if it was - use only 8 buckets(!).
Fix this by using a global lock and synchronize all buckets on it when we
need to lock them all. This is pretty heavyweight, but is only done when we
need to resize the hashtable, and that doesn't happen often enough (or at all).
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Marc Dionne discovered a NULL pointer dereference when setting
SO_REUSEPORT on a socket after it is bound.
This patch removes the assumption that at least one socket in the
reuseport group is bound with the SO_REUSEPORT option before other
bind calls occur.
Fixes: e32ea7e747 ("soreuseport: fast reuseport UDP socket selection")
Reported-by: Marc Dionne <marc.c.dionne@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Tested-by: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In file included from net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c:77 (and many more):
include/net/tcp_memcontrol.h:5: warning: ‘struct cgroup_subsys’ declared inside parameter list
include/net/tcp_memcontrol.h:5: warning: its scope is only this definition or declaration, which is probably not what you want
Add forward declarations for all used structures to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"A quick set of bug fixes after there initial networking merge:
1) Netlink multicast group storage allocator only was tested with
nr_groups equal to 1, make it work for other values too. From
Matti Vaittinen.
2) Check build_skb() return value in macb and hip04_eth drivers, from
Weidong Wang.
3) Don't leak x25_asy on x25_asy_open() failure.
4) More DMA map/unmap fixes in 3c59x from Neil Horman.
5) Don't clobber IP skb control block during GSO segmentation, from
Konstantin Khlebnikov.
6) ECN helpers for ipv6 don't fixup the checksum, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Fix SKB segment utilization estimation in xen-netback, from David
Vrabel.
8) Fix lockdep splat in bridge addrlist handling, from Nikolay
Aleksandrov"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (26 commits)
bgmac: Fix reversed test of build_skb() return value.
bridge: fix lockdep addr_list_lock false positive splat
net: smsc: Add support h8300
xen-netback: free queues after freeing the net device
xen-netback: delete NAPI instance when queue fails to initialize
xen-netback: use skb to determine number of required guest Rx requests
net: sctp: Move sequence start handling into sctp_transport_get_idx()
ipv6: update skb->csum when CE mark is propagated
net: phy: turn carrier off on phy attach
net: macb: clear interrupts when disabling them
sctp: support to lookup with ep+paddr in transport rhashtable
net: hns: fixes no syscon error when init mdio
dts: hisi: fixes no syscon fault when init mdio
net: preserve IP control block during GSO segmentation
fsl/fman: Delete one function call "put_device" in dtsec_config()
hip04_eth: fix missing error handle for build_skb failed
3c59x: fix another page map/single unmap imbalance
3c59x: balance page maps and unmaps
x25_asy: Free x25_asy on x25_asy_open() failure.
mlxsw: fix SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB
...
When a tunnel decapsulates the outer header, it has to comply
with RFC 6080 and eventually propagate CE mark into inner header.
It turns out IP6_ECN_set_ce() does not correctly update skb->csum
for CHECKSUM_COMPLETE packets, triggering infamous "hw csum failure"
messages and stack traces.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The unified hierarchy memory controller is going to use this jump label
as well to control the networking callbacks. Move it to the memory
controller code and give it a more generic name.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
There won't be any separate counters for socket memory consumed by
protocols other than TCP in the future. Remove the indirection and link
sockets directly to their owning memory cgroup.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
There won't be a tcp control soft limit, so integrating the memcg code
into the global skmem limiting scheme complicates things unnecessarily.
Replace this with simple and clear charge and uncharge calls--hidden
behind a jump label--to account skb memory.
Note that this is not purely aesthetic: as a result of shoehorning the
per-memcg code into the same memory accounting functions that handle the
global level, the old code would compare the per-memcg consumption
against the smaller of the per-memcg limit and the global limit. This
allowed the total consumption of multiple sockets to exceed the global
limit, as long as the individual sockets stayed within bounds. After
this change, the code will always compare the per-memcg consumption to
the per-memcg limit, and the global consumption to the global limit, and
thus close this loophole.
Without a soft limit, the per-memcg memory pressure state in sockets is
generally questionable. However, we did it until now, so we continue to
enter it when the hard limit is hit, and packets are dropped, to let
other sockets in the cgroup know that they shouldn't grow their transmit
windows, either. However, keep it simple in the new callback model and
leave memory pressure lazily when the next packet is accepted (as
opposed to doing it synchroneously when packets are processed). When
packets are dropped, network performance will already be in the toilet,
so that should be a reasonable trade-off.
As described above, consumption is now checked on the per-memcg level
and the global level separately. Likewise, memory pressure states are
maintained on both the per-memcg level and the global level, and a
socket is considered under pressure when either level asserts as much.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
tcp_memcontrol replicates the global sysctl_mem limit array per cgroup,
but it only ever sets these entries to the value of the memory_allocated
page_counter limit. Use the latter directly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The number of allocated sockets is used for calculations in the soft
limit phase, where packets are accepted but the socket is under memory
pressure.
Since there is no soft limit phase in tcp_memcontrol, and memory
pressure is only entered when packets are already dropped, this is
actually dead code. Remove it.
As this is the last user of parent_cg_proto(), remove that too.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
When a cgroup currently breaches its socket memory limit, it enters
memory pressure mode for itself and its *ancestors*. This throttles
transmission in unrelated sibling and cousin subtrees that have nothing
to do with the breached limit.
On the contrary, breaching a limit should make that group and its
*children* enter memory pressure mode. But this happens already, albeit
lazily: if an ancestor limit is breached, siblings will enter memory
pressure on their own once the next packet arrives for them.
So no additional hierarchy code is needed. Remove the bogus stuff.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
When charging socket memory, the code currently checks only the local
page counter for excess to determine whether the memcg is under socket
pressure. But even if the local counter is fine, one of the ancestors
could have breached its limit, which should also force this child to
enter socket pressure. This currently doesn't happen.
Fix this by using page_counter_try_charge() first. If that fails, it
means that either the local counter or one of the ancestors are in
excess of their limit, and the child should enter socket pressure.
Fixes: 3e32cb2e0a ("mm: memcontrol: lockless page counters")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Currently mac80211 does not inform the driver of the session
block ack timeout when starting a rx aggregation session.
Drivers that manage the reorder buffer need to know this
parameter.
Seeing that there are now too many arguments for the
drv_ampdu_action() function, wrap them inside a structure.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It's not always necessary to set the status.freq field, for example
when this would be an expensive calculation. It must be set for all
management frames (as they might be reported to userspace), but for
data frames it's not really required. Document this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently mac80211 does not inform the driver of the window
size when starting an RX aggregation session.
To enable managing the reorder buffer in the driver or hardware
the window size is needed.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add an option for driver to check for packet duplication
by itself.
This is needed for example by the iwlwifi driver which
parallelizes the RX path and does the duplication check
per queue.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The Group ID Management frame is an Action frame of
category VHT. It is transmitted by the AP to assign
or change the user position of a STA for one or more
group IDs.
Process and save the group membership data. Notify
underlying driver of changes.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
